[I18N] *: export pot files
And fetch matching translations
This commit is contained in:
Martin Trigaux
parent
8ad392222b
commit
e9d06b7881
172
.tx/config
172
.tx/config
@ -2,59 +2,14 @@
|
||||
host = https://www.transifex.com
|
||||
type = PO
|
||||
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.accounting]
|
||||
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/accounting.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.applications]
|
||||
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/applications.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.contributing]
|
||||
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/contributing.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.crm]
|
||||
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/crm.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.db_management]
|
||||
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/db_management.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.discuss]
|
||||
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/discuss.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.ecommerce]
|
||||
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/ecommerce.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.email_marketing]
|
||||
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/email_marketing.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.expense]
|
||||
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/expense.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.events]
|
||||
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/events.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/events.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.fsm]
|
||||
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/fsm.pot
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.finance]
|
||||
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/finance.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.general]
|
||||
@ -62,84 +17,24 @@ file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/general.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.getting_started]
|
||||
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/getting_started.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.helpdesk]
|
||||
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/helpdesk.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.index]
|
||||
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/index.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/index.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.inventory]
|
||||
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/inventory.pot
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.inventory_and_mrp]
|
||||
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.iot]
|
||||
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/iot.pot
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.marketing]
|
||||
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/marketing.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.livechat]
|
||||
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/livechat.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.mobile]
|
||||
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/mobile.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.marketing_automation]
|
||||
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/marketing_automation.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.manufacturing]
|
||||
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/manufacturing.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.planning]
|
||||
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/planning.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.point_of_sale]
|
||||
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/point_of_sale.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.portal]
|
||||
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/portal.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.practical]
|
||||
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/practical.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.project]
|
||||
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/project.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.purchase]
|
||||
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/purchase.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.quality]
|
||||
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/quality.pot
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.productivity]
|
||||
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/productivity.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.sales]
|
||||
@ -147,42 +42,17 @@ file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/sales.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.sign]
|
||||
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/sign.pot
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.services]
|
||||
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/services.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/services.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.sms_marketing]
|
||||
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/sms_marketing.pot
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.user_settings]
|
||||
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/settings.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.social_marketing]
|
||||
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/social_marketing.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.studio]
|
||||
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/studio.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.support]
|
||||
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/support.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/support.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.survey]
|
||||
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/survey.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.timesheets]
|
||||
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/timesheets.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.website]
|
||||
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/website.pot
|
||||
[odoo-14-doc.websites]
|
||||
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po
|
||||
source_file = locale/sources/websites.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: ar\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../applications.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Applications"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -1,778 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: ar\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "Online Database management"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To manage your databases, access the `database management page "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (you will have to sign in). Then "
|
||||
"click on the `Manage Your Databases "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__ button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to"
|
||||
" manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that "
|
||||
"database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "Several actions are available:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge "
|
||||
"features"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ":ref:`Duplicate <duplicate_online>`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new "
|
||||
"flows without compromising your daily operations"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35
|
||||
msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37
|
||||
msgid "**Backup**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases "
|
||||
"daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ":ref:`Domains <custom_domain>`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40
|
||||
msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42
|
||||
msgid ":ref:`Delete <delete_online_database>`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43
|
||||
msgid "Delete a database instantly"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46
|
||||
msgid "Contact Support"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Access our `support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ with the correct "
|
||||
"database already selected"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51
|
||||
msgid "Upgrade"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation "
|
||||
"that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test"
|
||||
" the process before upgrading your production database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo releases new versions regularly (at least once a year), and upgrading "
|
||||
"your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online "
|
||||
"experience."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The upgrade process can take some time, especially if you use multiple apps "
|
||||
"or apps that manage sensitive data (e.g. Accounting, Inventory, etc.). In "
|
||||
"general, the 'smaller' the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user"
|
||||
" database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, "
|
||||
"multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade "
|
||||
"request, since Odoo.com will test manually every database upgrade at least "
|
||||
"once and will need to correct/adapt changes made to the standard Odoo Apps "
|
||||
"(e.g. through Studio or through a Success Pack) on a case-by-case basis. "
|
||||
"This can make the process slower, since requests are treated in the order "
|
||||
"they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of "
|
||||
"a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74
|
||||
msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76
|
||||
msgid "You request a test upgrade"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual "
|
||||
"database"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the "
|
||||
"same."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and "
|
||||
"access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the "
|
||||
"database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. "
|
||||
"If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By "
|
||||
"default, we select the highest available version available for your "
|
||||
"database; if you were already in the process of testing an upgrade, we will "
|
||||
"automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we "
|
||||
"released a more recent version during your tests)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button, an upgrade request will be "
|
||||
"generated. Only one request can be made at time for each database; if a "
|
||||
"request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead"
|
||||
" and asking another request will not be possible."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A test upgrade will create a copy of your database, upgrade it and make it "
|
||||
"available to you automatically once successful. If this is the first test "
|
||||
"you request for this particular database, a manual testing phase will be "
|
||||
"done by Odoo.com - this could take time (up to several weeks). Subsequent "
|
||||
"requests will not go through that manual testing step and will usually be "
|
||||
"made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you "
|
||||
"should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Testing your database is the most important step of the upgrade process!**"
|
||||
" Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work "
|
||||
"processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might "
|
||||
"require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you "
|
||||
"made through Odoo Studio might now work properly. *It is up to you to make "
|
||||
"sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your "
|
||||
"test database through our `Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Make sure to do one last test of your upgrade right before the final upgrade"
|
||||
" (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading "
|
||||
"is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being "
|
||||
"prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once you are ready and you have validated all your tests, you can click "
|
||||
"again on the Upgrade button and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button "
|
||||
"with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new "
|
||||
"version. Your database will then be taken offline within the next 10 minutes"
|
||||
" and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once "
|
||||
"the process is completed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between "
|
||||
"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your "
|
||||
"migration during non-business hours."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146
|
||||
msgid "Duplicating a database"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial "
|
||||
"databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" "
|
||||
"database can duplicate without problem."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few "
|
||||
"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have"
|
||||
" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a"
|
||||
" database, all external communication will remain active:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163
|
||||
msgid "Emails are sent"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for "
|
||||
"example)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168
|
||||
msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170
|
||||
msgid "Etc."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these "
|
||||
"behaviours to be disabled."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice "
|
||||
"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179
|
||||
msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:187
|
||||
msgid "Rename a Database"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:189
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you "
|
||||
"want to rename, access the `database management page "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have "
|
||||
"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:200
|
||||
msgid "Deleting a Database"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:202
|
||||
msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:204
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The "
|
||||
"deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant "
|
||||
"backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily "
|
||||
"backup may be several hours old at that point."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:210
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, "
|
||||
"on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" "
|
||||
"button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:217
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you "
|
||||
"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:223
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload "
|
||||
"automatically."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:227
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:229
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a "
|
||||
"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:233
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "On-premises Database management"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Register a database"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in "
|
||||
"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before"
|
||||
" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will"
|
||||
" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-"
|
||||
"registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu "
|
||||
"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Registration Error Message"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this "
|
||||
"message:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:143
|
||||
msgid "Solutions"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo"
|
||||
" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account"
|
||||
" Manager"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39
|
||||
msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a "
|
||||
"development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract "
|
||||
"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink "
|
||||
"database\""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database "
|
||||
"as it will be deactivated shortly:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59
|
||||
msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a "
|
||||
"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID."
|
||||
" Please check on your `Odoo Contract "
|
||||
"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear "
|
||||
"specifying which database is problematic:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve "
|
||||
"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section "
|
||||
"<duplicate_premise>`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each "
|
||||
"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and "
|
||||
"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80
|
||||
msgid "Check your network and firewall settings"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation"
|
||||
" servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open "
|
||||
"outgoing connections towards:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86
|
||||
msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87
|
||||
msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the "
|
||||
"Update notification runs once a week."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95
|
||||
msgid "Error message due to too many users"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo"
|
||||
" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The "
|
||||
"countdown is updated everyday."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the "
|
||||
"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:115
|
||||
msgid "or"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com "
|
||||
"/documentation/user/13.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
|
||||
"users>`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:122
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message "
|
||||
"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification "
|
||||
"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown,"
|
||||
" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the "
|
||||
"message disappear right away."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:129
|
||||
msgid "Database expired error message"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:131
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your "
|
||||
"subscription, you will encounter this message:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:139
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30"
|
||||
" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the "
|
||||
"database is expired."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note "
|
||||
"that"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be "
|
||||
"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit "
|
||||
"card payments are processed immediately."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:149
|
||||
msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:151
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160
|
||||
msgid "Duplicate a database"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your "
|
||||
"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily "
|
||||
"duplicate your database (among other things)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:170
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change "
|
||||
"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this "
|
||||
"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two "
|
||||
"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or "
|
||||
"registration problems down the line."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:179
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > "
|
||||
"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator "
|
||||
"<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to"
|
||||
" generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record "
|
||||
"by clicking on it and using the edit button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Users and Features"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. "
|
||||
"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently "
|
||||
"in use."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) "
|
||||
"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing "
|
||||
"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your "
|
||||
"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a "
|
||||
"paying one on our online platform)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo "
|
||||
"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise "
|
||||
"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something "
|
||||
"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online"
|
||||
" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` "
|
||||
"installations."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an "
|
||||
"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our "
|
||||
"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34
|
||||
msgid "Deactivating Users"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to "
|
||||
"change the status of any of your users."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section "
|
||||
"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80
|
||||
msgid "|settings|"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43
|
||||
msgid "|browse_users|"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:46
|
||||
msgid "You'll then see the list of your users."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:51
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different "
|
||||
"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll "
|
||||
"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:56
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as "
|
||||
"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click "
|
||||
"on Archive."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:64
|
||||
msgid "The user is now deactivated."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66
|
||||
msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:69
|
||||
msgid "Uninstalling Apps"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate "
|
||||
"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*"
|
||||
" installing/uninstalling apps)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:75
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able "
|
||||
"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to"
|
||||
" access the list of your installed applications."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80
|
||||
msgid "|browse_apps|"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:83
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your "
|
||||
"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the "
|
||||
"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:90
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. "
|
||||
"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what "
|
||||
"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its "
|
||||
"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will "
|
||||
"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then"
|
||||
" click **Confirm**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:97
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:102
|
||||
msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:105
|
||||
msgid "Good to know"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can "
|
||||
"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to "
|
||||
"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant "
|
||||
"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we "
|
||||
"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of "
|
||||
"operations."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:113
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install "
|
||||
"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you "
|
||||
"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to "
|
||||
"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not "
|
||||
"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature "
|
||||
"to work properly."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:120
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial "
|
||||
"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This "
|
||||
"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1,658 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: ar\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Discuss"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit"
|
||||
" from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike "
|
||||
"`Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly "
|
||||
"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system "
|
||||
"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can "
|
||||
"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's "
|
||||
"reputation yourself."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your "
|
||||
"own email solution with Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails from "
|
||||
"hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation "
|
||||
"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-"
|
||||
"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-"
|
||||
"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:24
|
||||
msgid "How to manage outbound messages"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and "
|
||||
"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to "
|
||||
"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the "
|
||||
"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36
|
||||
msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:39
|
||||
msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP"
|
||||
" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-"
|
||||
"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-"
|
||||
"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure"
|
||||
" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:47
|
||||
msgid "How to use a G Suite server"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need "
|
||||
"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in "
|
||||
"`Google documentation "
|
||||
"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:55
|
||||
msgid "Be SPF-compliant"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability"
|
||||
" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host "
|
||||
"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:60
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: "
|
||||
"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:62
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g."
|
||||
" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it "
|
||||
"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to "
|
||||
"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:69
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this "
|
||||
"usually happens more quickly."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail "
|
||||
"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF "
|
||||
"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:77
|
||||
msgid "Allow DKIM"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is "
|
||||
"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you "
|
||||
"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to "
|
||||
"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have "
|
||||
"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value "
|
||||
"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:86
|
||||
msgid "How to manage inbound messages"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:88
|
||||
msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original "
|
||||
"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall "
|
||||
"alias (**catchall@**)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in "
|
||||
"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid "
|
||||
"recipients."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:98
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to "
|
||||
"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__),"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:103
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__),"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:105
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page"
|
||||
"/project-management>`__),"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:107
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__),"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109
|
||||
msgid "etc."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch "
|
||||
"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email "
|
||||
"address per Odoo alias in your mail server."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:115
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, "
|
||||
"bounce@, sales@, etc.)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:117
|
||||
msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for "
|
||||
"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the "
|
||||
"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to "
|
||||
"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled "
|
||||
"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming "
|
||||
"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email "
|
||||
"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, "
|
||||
"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour "
|
||||
"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's "
|
||||
"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to "
|
||||
"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:138
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from "
|
||||
"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, "
|
||||
"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:146
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical "
|
||||
"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases "
|
||||
"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:153
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. "
|
||||
"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings "
|
||||
"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: "
|
||||
"Fetchmail Service*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the "
|
||||
"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically "
|
||||
"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks"
|
||||
" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to"
|
||||
" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" "
|
||||
"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at "
|
||||
"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in"
|
||||
" this field."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following "
|
||||
"the previous example you should write "
|
||||
"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click "
|
||||
"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "Getting the API key and secret"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General "
|
||||
"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the "
|
||||
"settings."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**."
|
||||
" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item "
|
||||
"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item "
|
||||
"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a "
|
||||
"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a "
|
||||
"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-"
|
||||
"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or "
|
||||
"another channel."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "Direct messaging a user"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and "
|
||||
"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the "
|
||||
"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one "
|
||||
"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using "
|
||||
"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is "
|
||||
"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user "
|
||||
"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that "
|
||||
"they are offline."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new "
|
||||
"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of"
|
||||
" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on "
|
||||
"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on "
|
||||
"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you "
|
||||
"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it "
|
||||
"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or "
|
||||
"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star "
|
||||
"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters "
|
||||
"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your "
|
||||
"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with "
|
||||
"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever "
|
||||
"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily "
|
||||
"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team "
|
||||
"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one "
|
||||
"simple and searchable interface."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Get organized by planning activities"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get "
|
||||
"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to "
|
||||
"undertake."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage"
|
||||
" your priorities."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban "
|
||||
"views. Here is an example for opportunities :"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "Set your activity types"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. "
|
||||
"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Schedule meetings"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with "
|
||||
"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply "
|
||||
"open to let you select a time slot."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure "
|
||||
"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:40
|
||||
msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:42
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common "
|
||||
"following steps as *Recommended next activities*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. "
|
||||
"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:55
|
||||
msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, "
|
||||
"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular "
|
||||
"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see,"
|
||||
" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "Creating a channel"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write "
|
||||
"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a "
|
||||
"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only "
|
||||
"visible to users who have been invited to this channel."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information"
|
||||
" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas"
|
||||
" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to "
|
||||
"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive "
|
||||
"information)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "Configuring a channel"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic "
|
||||
"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`."
|
||||
" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view "
|
||||
"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or"
|
||||
" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to "
|
||||
"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would"
|
||||
" a public channel."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47
|
||||
msgid "How to set up a mailing list"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within "
|
||||
":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like"
|
||||
" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive "
|
||||
"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear "
|
||||
"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send "
|
||||
"messages by email."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57
|
||||
msgid "Locating a channel"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of "
|
||||
"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by"
|
||||
" clicking the plus icon."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public "
|
||||
"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public "
|
||||
"channels from a single screen."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to "
|
||||
"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76
|
||||
msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function "
|
||||
"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and "
|
||||
"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by "
|
||||
"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single "
|
||||
"character wildcard.**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "How to follow a discussion thread"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity,"
|
||||
" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "How to choose the events to follow"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The "
|
||||
"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the "
|
||||
"**Project** app."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23
|
||||
msgid "How to add other followers"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel "
|
||||
"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a"
|
||||
" link back to the original document."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34
|
||||
msgid "How to be a default follower"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In "
|
||||
"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any"
|
||||
" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task "
|
||||
"created, an opportunity won)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel"
|
||||
" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear "
|
||||
"about."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: ar\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expenses.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Expenses"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -1,381 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: ar\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack "
|
||||
"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our "
|
||||
"product."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate "
|
||||
"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person"
|
||||
" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the"
|
||||
" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From"
|
||||
" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency"
|
||||
" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good "
|
||||
"practices."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible"
|
||||
" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention "
|
||||
"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business "
|
||||
"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the "
|
||||
"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise "
|
||||
"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an"
|
||||
" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are"
|
||||
" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those "
|
||||
"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional "
|
||||
"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his "
|
||||
"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary "
|
||||
"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-"
|
||||
"learning via the `Odoo documentation "
|
||||
"<http://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/index.html>`__, `The elearning "
|
||||
"platform <https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__ and the "
|
||||
"testing of functionalities."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47
|
||||
msgid "2. Project Scope"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is "
|
||||
"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the "
|
||||
"project implementation is pursuing."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of "
|
||||
"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. "
|
||||
"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of "
|
||||
"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more"
|
||||
" clear."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent "
|
||||
"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo"
|
||||
" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This "
|
||||
"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in "
|
||||
"the implementation."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great "
|
||||
"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more "
|
||||
"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard "
|
||||
"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project"
|
||||
" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid "
|
||||
"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software "
|
||||
"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an "
|
||||
"experiment of the standard in production."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80
|
||||
msgid "3. Managing expectations"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of "
|
||||
"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into"
|
||||
" account from the beginning of the project:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and "
|
||||
"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation,"
|
||||
" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo "
|
||||
"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time "
|
||||
"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly "
|
||||
"check that this is still the case."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal "
|
||||
"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them"
|
||||
" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs "
|
||||
"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an"
|
||||
" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the "
|
||||
"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining "
|
||||
"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio "
|
||||
"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be "
|
||||
"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a "
|
||||
"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed "
|
||||
"to pursue this same objective."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:108
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and "
|
||||
"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to "
|
||||
"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of "
|
||||
"tools\\* :"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:113
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard "
|
||||
"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be "
|
||||
"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities "
|
||||
"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, "
|
||||
"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A "
|
||||
"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main "
|
||||
"lines of expected changes."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with"
|
||||
" the changes related to the interface."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and "
|
||||
"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project "
|
||||
"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the "
|
||||
"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without "
|
||||
"verifying its veracity beforehand."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:139
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more "
|
||||
"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:143
|
||||
msgid "4. Communication Strategy"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of "
|
||||
"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the "
|
||||
"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to "
|
||||
"follow those principles:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:150
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure "
|
||||
"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to "
|
||||
"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project "
|
||||
"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be "
|
||||
"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the"
|
||||
" manager are clearly defined."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both "
|
||||
"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation "
|
||||
"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166
|
||||
msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is "
|
||||
"reached;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:171
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175
|
||||
msgid "5. Customizations and Development"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution "
|
||||
"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast "
|
||||
"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be "
|
||||
"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis,"
|
||||
" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant "
|
||||
"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an"
|
||||
" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted "
|
||||
"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid "
|
||||
"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties."
|
||||
" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development "
|
||||
"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see "
|
||||
"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to "
|
||||
"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of"
|
||||
" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator"
|
||||
" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the "
|
||||
"business processes of the company."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202
|
||||
msgid "6. Testing and Validation principles"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to"
|
||||
" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational "
|
||||
"needs of the company."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible "
|
||||
"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the "
|
||||
"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the "
|
||||
"requirements of the operational reality."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the "
|
||||
"noted gap is caused by:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is "
|
||||
"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220
|
||||
msgid "**or**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational "
|
||||
"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226
|
||||
msgid "7. Data Imports"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:228
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must "
|
||||
"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, "
|
||||
"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, "
|
||||
"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, "
|
||||
"it will be decided :"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, "
|
||||
"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, "
|
||||
"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When "
|
||||
"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, "
|
||||
"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information "
|
||||
"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the"
|
||||
" import will be made before the production launch."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be "
|
||||
"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these "
|
||||
"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the "
|
||||
"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:253
|
||||
msgid "8. Support"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your "
|
||||
"questions or technical issues."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258
|
||||
msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1,485 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Abdalla Mohamed <abdalla.mhafeez@gmail.com>, 2019
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Abdalla Mohamed <abdalla.mhafeez@gmail.com>, 2019\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: ar\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Helpdesk"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:3
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"After sales features: refund, coupon, return, repair, onsite interventions"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As my business grows, having the tools to allow my helpdesk team to record, "
|
||||
"track and manage issues raised easy and efficiently, is key. Odoo’s Helpdesk"
|
||||
" app allows me to generate credit notes, return products, grant coupons, do "
|
||||
"repairs and plan onsite interventions from a ticket’s page."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Set up the After Sales services"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to *Configuration > Helpdesk Teams* and enable the After Sales options: "
|
||||
"*Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite Interventions*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"I can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For "
|
||||
"that, I’ll simply go to my ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the "
|
||||
"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* the credit note will be "
|
||||
"generated, and I can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "Allow product returns from tickets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The process of a product return from my customer back to my warehouse will "
|
||||
"be taken into action when, at the ticket page, I choose the option *Return*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Grant coupons from tickets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned at the *Sales or "
|
||||
"Website* app. At the *Helpdesk* app, I will open my ticket and click on "
|
||||
"*Coupon*, choose the *Coupon Program > Generate*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:37
|
||||
msgid "Repairs from tickets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Clicking on *Repair* option, on my ticket page, a new repair order form will"
|
||||
" be shown. Fill up the rest of the fields as needed and choose the next "
|
||||
"step."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"At the ticket page, I can now configure my onsite interventions exactly the "
|
||||
"same way I would do being on the *Field Service* app, clicking on *Plan "
|
||||
"Intervention*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:52
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-"
|
||||
"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "Overview"
|
||||
msgstr "نظرة عامة"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in"
|
||||
" the purple bar and select \"Settings\""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team,"
|
||||
" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. "
|
||||
"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced,"
|
||||
" or manually."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38
|
||||
msgid "How to set up different stages for each team"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your "
|
||||
"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on "
|
||||
"the lower right-hand side."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in"
|
||||
" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you "
|
||||
"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams "
|
||||
"allowing for customizable stages for each team!"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53
|
||||
msgid "Start receiving tickets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56
|
||||
msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select "
|
||||
"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a "
|
||||
"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Website Form allows your customer to go to "
|
||||
"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website "
|
||||
"form - much like odoo.com/help!"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your "
|
||||
"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator "
|
||||
"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the "
|
||||
"documentation `*here* "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91
|
||||
msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual"
|
||||
" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to "
|
||||
"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by "
|
||||
"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your "
|
||||
"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are "
|
||||
"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108
|
||||
msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is"
|
||||
" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the "
|
||||
"Kanban view or on the ticket form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first "
|
||||
"activate the setting under \"Settings\""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123
|
||||
msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum "
|
||||
"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132
|
||||
msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban "
|
||||
"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137
|
||||
msgid "Grey - Normal State"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139
|
||||
msgid "Red - Blocked"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141
|
||||
msgid "Green - Ready for next stage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the "
|
||||
"Ticket form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150
|
||||
msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on "
|
||||
"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the "
|
||||
"timesheets will log against."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your"
|
||||
" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this "
|
||||
"ticket."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169
|
||||
msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171
|
||||
msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send "
|
||||
"an email to the customer asking how their service went."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance "
|
||||
"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time "
|
||||
"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "The modules needed"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are "
|
||||
"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of "
|
||||
"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that "
|
||||
"the *Timesheets* feature is activated."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for "
|
||||
"it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35
|
||||
msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> "
|
||||
"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an "
|
||||
"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to"
|
||||
" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have "
|
||||
"previously created as well."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47
|
||||
msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the"
|
||||
" *Units of Measure* feature is activated."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. "
|
||||
"Make sure that the product is set as a service."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any "
|
||||
"unit will do."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the "
|
||||
"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following "
|
||||
"configuration :"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73
|
||||
msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76
|
||||
msgid "Solve issues and record time spent"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79
|
||||
msgid "Step 1 : place an order"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from "
|
||||
"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> "
|
||||
"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously"
|
||||
" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm "
|
||||
"the sale."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91
|
||||
msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new "
|
||||
"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with"
|
||||
" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question"
|
||||
" and select the task on its form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102
|
||||
msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours "
|
||||
"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the "
|
||||
"*Timesheets* tab."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the "
|
||||
"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116
|
||||
msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that"
|
||||
" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now "
|
||||
"appear as the delivered quantity."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then "
|
||||
"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: ar\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../index.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Odoo User Documentation"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -1,819 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Mustafa Rawi <mustafa@cubexco.com>, 2019
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Mustafa Rawi <mustafa@cubexco.com>, 2019\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: ar\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Configuration"
|
||||
msgstr "إعداد"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "Ethernet Connection"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables"
|
||||
" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:26
|
||||
msgid "Power on the IoT Box."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "Then click on the Scan button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:34
|
||||
msgid "WiFi Connection"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:36
|
||||
msgid "Power on the IoT Box"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:38
|
||||
msgid "Copy the token"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable "
|
||||
"plugged in your computer)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect "
|
||||
"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) "
|
||||
"and paste the token, then click on next."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:57
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token "
|
||||
"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-"
|
||||
"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become "
|
||||
"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:63
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if "
|
||||
"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being "
|
||||
"redirected to your database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:70
|
||||
msgid "You should now see the IoT Box."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:76
|
||||
msgid "IoT Box Schema"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Flashing your SD Card"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from"
|
||||
" our latest updates."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <http://wwww.balena.org>`__, "
|
||||
"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install "
|
||||
"and launch it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, download the latest image `here "
|
||||
"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__, and extract it from the "
|
||||
"zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to "
|
||||
"flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 "
|
||||
"minutes for it to finish."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "IoT Box not found"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box"
|
||||
" is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you "
|
||||
"can follow to find your IoT box."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "HTTPS Issues"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts "
|
||||
"with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may"
|
||||
" have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to "
|
||||
"reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image "
|
||||
"can be found `here <http://nightly/odoo.com>`__)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can find the documentation about SD card flashing here (`here "
|
||||
"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1bqKsZhWqMqI4mhv4ltF61M_QPiBCHygYjjvkhsCTdaY/edit>`__)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Prerequisites"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "An IoT Box"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17
|
||||
msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps "
|
||||
"installed"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer "
|
||||
"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:30
|
||||
msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:32
|
||||
msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:35
|
||||
msgid "Set Up"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to "
|
||||
"your database. For this, follow this `documentation "
|
||||
"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1vhWrSSlSdJcRYe4tjPpXKYVMTD47lVK3ysyYc7tJDlA/edit#>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__, but other hardware"
|
||||
" might work as well."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:50
|
||||
msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an "
|
||||
"RJ25 cable."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:56
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode"
|
||||
" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be "
|
||||
"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter "
|
||||
"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of "
|
||||
"your barcode scanner."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:62
|
||||
msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:64
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. "
|
||||
"Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS "
|
||||
"device."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:68
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the IoT Box has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure "
|
||||
"not to plug in an Ethernet cable when booting, because all Wi-Fi "
|
||||
"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available "
|
||||
"on boot."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:73
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in "
|
||||
"Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the"
|
||||
" IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:77
|
||||
msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:80
|
||||
msgid "Troubleshoot"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:83
|
||||
msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:85
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The easiest way to make sure the IoT Box is properly set-up is to turn it on"
|
||||
" with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error"
|
||||
" if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no "
|
||||
"receipt is printed, check the following steps:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:91
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status "
|
||||
"LED."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:94
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green "
|
||||
"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be "
|
||||
"ready ~2 minutes after it is started."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:98
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. "
|
||||
"Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected "
|
||||
"devices on your network router."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:102
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it"
|
||||
" corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:106
|
||||
msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:108
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from "
|
||||
"working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in"
|
||||
" the POS configuration."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:113
|
||||
msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:115
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after "
|
||||
"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. "
|
||||
"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:120
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If "
|
||||
"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has "
|
||||
"enough power."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:124
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work"
|
||||
" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug"
|
||||
" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:129
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode "
|
||||
"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the "
|
||||
"IoT Box."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:134
|
||||
msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:136
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode "
|
||||
"Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:140
|
||||
msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:142
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the IoT Box will do "
|
||||
"some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays "
|
||||
"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS "
|
||||
"and the IoT Box."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:148
|
||||
msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:150
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently "
|
||||
"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:155
|
||||
msgid "The printer is offline"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:157
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its "
|
||||
"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please "
|
||||
"contact support."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:162
|
||||
msgid "The cashdrawer does not open"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:164
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in"
|
||||
" the POS configuration."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Devices"
|
||||
msgstr "الأجهزة"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Connect a Camera"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can"
|
||||
" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you "
|
||||
"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. "
|
||||
"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality "
|
||||
"control point."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:12 ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Connection"
|
||||
msgstr "الاتصال"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply combine the two by cable."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter could be needed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-"
|
||||
"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as "
|
||||
"soon as it is connected."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In some cases, you could need to restart the box and download your camera’s "
|
||||
"drivers from the box. To do so, go to your *IoT Box Home Page* and click on "
|
||||
"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:35
|
||||
msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:38 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:42
|
||||
msgid "With the Manufacturing app"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control "
|
||||
"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open "
|
||||
"the control point you want to link with the camera."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:44
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown "
|
||||
"list. Now, hit save."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the "
|
||||
"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before"
|
||||
" will allow you to take a picture."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Connect a Footswitch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using "
|
||||
"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another by using your "
|
||||
"foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be configured in a few "
|
||||
"steps."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to combine"
|
||||
" the two by cable."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-"
|
||||
"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be "
|
||||
"automatically detected when connected."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If it is not a supported one, you may need to restart the box and download "
|
||||
"your footswitch’s drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home "
|
||||
"Page* and click on *drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:37
|
||||
msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a "
|
||||
"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add "
|
||||
"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and"
|
||||
" also add a key to trigger it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order "
|
||||
"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, "
|
||||
"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are "
|
||||
"correctly connected to the footswitch."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your "
|
||||
"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Connect in USB"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, "
|
||||
"restart the Box and the device should appear in your Odoo database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If the device is not found, make sure the drivers have well been loaded on "
|
||||
"your IoT Box. For this, connect to the *IoT Box Homepage* and click on load "
|
||||
"drivers."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:27
|
||||
msgid "Connect in Bluetooth"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further "
|
||||
"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the "
|
||||
"device."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:39
|
||||
msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:44
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control "
|
||||
"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* "
|
||||
"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown "
|
||||
"list. Then, hit save."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:55
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The "
|
||||
"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated "
|
||||
"while the tool is being used."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Connect a Printer"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so"
|
||||
" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use "
|
||||
"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To connect the printer to the *IoT Box*, you just have to combine the two by"
|
||||
" cable."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:17
|
||||
msgid "Sometimes, a serial to USB adapter may be needed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If your printer is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-"
|
||||
"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything because it will be "
|
||||
"automatically detected as soon as it is connected."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24
|
||||
msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In some cases, you may need to restart the box and download your printer’s "
|
||||
"drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on "
|
||||
"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:37
|
||||
msgid "Link the Printer"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40
|
||||
msgid "To Work Orders"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:42
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to "
|
||||
"print labels for manufactured products."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* "
|
||||
"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work "
|
||||
"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a"
|
||||
" *Print Label* button will appear."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:60
|
||||
msgid "To Reports"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:62
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, "
|
||||
"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:69
|
||||
msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:74
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check"
|
||||
" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on "
|
||||
"select and save."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:81
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of "
|
||||
"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically"
|
||||
" print it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86
|
||||
msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:88
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts"
|
||||
" directly from your *PoS*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:91
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *PoS* "
|
||||
"settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check the *IoT "
|
||||
"Box* feature. Then, enable the *Receipt Printer*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:98
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, on your *PoS* view, you will be able to print different kinds of "
|
||||
"tickets: **receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:101
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"For the receipt, it will be printed once the order is validated. The process"
|
||||
" is automated when you enable the feature in your *PoS*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:104
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar "
|
||||
"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the "
|
||||
"current day."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant"
|
||||
" settings, activate bills and a *Bill* button will appear in the left panel."
|
||||
" Click on it and it will print the bill."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:119
|
||||
msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:121
|
||||
msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:123
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick "
|
||||
"*Order Printer*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:129
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create and select the *IoT Box* with all"
|
||||
" the categories of product that should be printed in the *Printer Product "
|
||||
"Categories* field."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:136
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected "
|
||||
"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, a ticket "
|
||||
"will be printed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1,197 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Abdalla Mohamed <abdalla.mhafeez@gmail.com>, 2019
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Abdalla Mohamed <abdalla.mhafeez@gmail.com>, 2019\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: ar\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Live Chat"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website "
|
||||
"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will "
|
||||
"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way,"
|
||||
" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You "
|
||||
"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is "
|
||||
"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "Configuration"
|
||||
msgstr "الإعدادات"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\""
|
||||
" and then click on install."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, "
|
||||
"operators can easily join and leave the chat."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34
|
||||
msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically "
|
||||
"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->"
|
||||
" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the "
|
||||
"website."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45
|
||||
msgid "Add the live chat to an external website"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and "
|
||||
"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the "
|
||||
"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers "
|
||||
"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54
|
||||
msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, "
|
||||
"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language "
|
||||
"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company"
|
||||
" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length "
|
||||
"of time it takes for the chat to appear."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66
|
||||
msgid "Prepare automatic messages"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed"
|
||||
" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you"
|
||||
" through the live chat."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76
|
||||
msgid "Start chatting with customers"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel "
|
||||
"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on "
|
||||
"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. "
|
||||
"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the "
|
||||
"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in "
|
||||
"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be "
|
||||
"answered wherever you are in Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system "
|
||||
"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100
|
||||
msgid "Use commands"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access "
|
||||
"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands "
|
||||
"into the chat. The following actions are available :"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106
|
||||
msgid "**/help** : show a helper message."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108
|
||||
msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110
|
||||
msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112
|
||||
msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114
|
||||
msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116
|
||||
msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was "
|
||||
"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. "
|
||||
"The same goes for the creation of a lead."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124
|
||||
msgid "Send canned responses"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you "
|
||||
"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of "
|
||||
"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> "
|
||||
"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then,"
|
||||
" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you "
|
||||
"assigned."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website "
|
||||
"visitors, enjoy !"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: ar\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Mobile"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "Push Notifications"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to "
|
||||
"enable push notifications in the mobile app."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Simply go to *Settings* > *General Settings* > *Odoo Cloud Notification "
|
||||
"(OCN)* and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -1,164 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: ar\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "My Odoo Portal"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between "
|
||||
"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and "
|
||||
"subscriptions."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to "
|
||||
"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged in, just"
|
||||
" click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Quotations"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a "
|
||||
"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to "
|
||||
"your database or if your contract has to be renewed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is "
|
||||
"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on "
|
||||
"the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the "
|
||||
"pricing and other useful information."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the "
|
||||
"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask"
|
||||
" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41
|
||||
msgid "Sales Orders"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be"
|
||||
" registered under this section."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products "
|
||||
"purchased and process the payment."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53
|
||||
msgid "Invoices"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in "
|
||||
"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has"
|
||||
" been paid."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the "
|
||||
"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66
|
||||
msgid "Tickets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`,"
|
||||
" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have "
|
||||
"opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and "
|
||||
"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:76
|
||||
msgid "Subscriptions"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:78
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first "
|
||||
"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:84
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding "
|
||||
"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, "
|
||||
"and the payment method."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:88
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter "
|
||||
"the new credit card details."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:94
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by "
|
||||
"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click"
|
||||
" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:101
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided"
|
||||
" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will "
|
||||
"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method"
|
||||
" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will"
|
||||
" no longer be able to access the database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:108
|
||||
msgid "Success Packs"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to "
|
||||
"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution "
|
||||
"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These "
|
||||
"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:115
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you need information about how to manage your database see "
|
||||
":ref:`db_online`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: ar\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../practical.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Practical Information"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -1,420 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Mustafa Rawi <mustafa@cubexco.com>, 2019
|
||||
# Ali zuaby <ali@zuaby.net>, 2019
|
||||
# Osoul <baruni@osoul.ly>, 2019
|
||||
# zahi chemaly <zahi@sercotex.net>, 2019
|
||||
# Ali Alrehawi <alrehawi@hotmail.com>, 2019
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Ali Alrehawi <alrehawi@hotmail.com>, 2019\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: ar\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Quality"
|
||||
msgstr "جودة"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Alert"
|
||||
msgstr "تنبيه"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Manufacturing Order"
|
||||
msgstr "تكوين تحذير الجودة من طلب التصنيع"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Speaking of manufacturing orders, you have two different situations to "
|
||||
"consider in Odoo. Those two will result in two different processes:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"الحديث عن أوامر التصنيع ، لديك وضعين مختلفين تركز عليها في اودو.\n"
|
||||
"هاذين الوضعين ستنتج في عمليتين مختلفتين"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "You work with a simple manufacturing flow;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "You work with a complex manufacturing flow that includes routings."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "Simple manufacturing flow"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you work with simple manufacturing orders, the *Quality Alerts* will be "
|
||||
"launched from the manufacturing order itself. When manufacturing a product "
|
||||
"for which you need to process quality controls, a button *Quality Alert* "
|
||||
"will appear on the top of your manufacturing order."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By clicking on the button, you can specify the quality problem that arose "
|
||||
"during the process."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If one of the quality checks failed, the button will be highlighted on the "
|
||||
"document. If not, the button won’t be highlighted."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:36 ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:50
|
||||
msgid "Manufacturing Flow with Routings"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you work with routings defined on your manufacturing orders, the quality "
|
||||
"alerts will be launched directly from the work orders on which the quality "
|
||||
"checks took place."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Then, a button *Quality Alert* will be available from the work order view. "
|
||||
"When you click on the button, you can specify the quality problem that "
|
||||
"appeared during the process."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Transfer"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "Use the Quality Alert"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Every time you perform some *Quality Checks* on a transfer, a *Quality "
|
||||
"Alert* button appears. You can always use it. The button is automatically "
|
||||
"highlighted once you have a failed quality check for the transfer."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you click on that *Quality Alert* button, you can specify what was the "
|
||||
"problem with the product."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The *Quality Alert* that is created from the transfer can be found via the "
|
||||
"button appearing on the top right corner of the transfer."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also access all your *Quality Alerts* via the menu, accessible under"
|
||||
" *Control*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Checks"
|
||||
msgstr "شيكات"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Manufacturing Orders"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"There are two different situations to consider and that will differ in Odoo "
|
||||
"processes:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "You work with simple manufacturing flows;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You work with complex manufacturing flows that are represented by the use of"
|
||||
" routings in Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "Simple Manufacturing Flow"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:16
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:53
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "Create the Quality Control Point"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to *Control >"
|
||||
" Control Points*. There, hit create. Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as "
|
||||
"operation and choose the type of quality check you want to perform."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:27
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:69
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:17
|
||||
msgid "Process the Quality Check"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been created, you can create a "
|
||||
"manufacturing order for your product. Now, and before marking the "
|
||||
"manufacturing as done, you can register the *Quality Checks*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once you have performed your quality checks, you can find them via the "
|
||||
"*Quality Checks* button available on the manufacturing order form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to access all your quality checks, you can do this by opening "
|
||||
"the quality checks menu, under quality control."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:55
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* app and "
|
||||
"go to *Control > Control Points*. Then, click on create. Make sure to select"
|
||||
" *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order operation on which "
|
||||
"the quality check should be performed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:64
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Choosing the work order operation is necessary if you want the quality "
|
||||
"checks to be performed in the work orders. After that, you can choose the "
|
||||
"type of quality check."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been configured, create a "
|
||||
"manufacturing order for your product. You have to plan it if you want to "
|
||||
"generate the necessary work orders."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:78
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, process the work order and your quality check will appear. In this "
|
||||
"example, the quality check requests to enter the serial number of the Table "
|
||||
"Top component."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Transfers"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* application. Then, "
|
||||
"go to *Quality Control > Control Points > Create*. Now, you can define the "
|
||||
"quality control point you want to apply to a specific product. Don’t forget "
|
||||
"to select a transfer operation type."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Let’s say that we will receive a laptop. First, create a planned receipt for"
|
||||
" the product. Then, on the receipt, you will see a *Quality Checks* button "
|
||||
"that appears to proceed to the quality check you configured before."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By clicking on it, the instruction set on the quality control point will be "
|
||||
"displayed and will require the check value."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once the quality check is done, you can find it linked to the corresponding "
|
||||
"transfer and access it by clicking on the button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"But, if the quality check failed, the stat button will appear in red "
|
||||
"(instead of green) and Odoo will suggest you to create a *Quality Alert* by "
|
||||
"highlighting the corresponding button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The quality checks can also be found in the *Quality* application by opening"
|
||||
" the *Quality Checks* menu, under *Quality Control*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Control"
|
||||
msgstr "التتبع"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Define Quality Control Points"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "Quality Control Points"
|
||||
msgstr "نقاط مراقبة الجودة"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If it is the first *Quality Control Point* that you create, know that you "
|
||||
"need to open the *Quality* app. Then, go to *Quality Control > Control "
|
||||
"Points*. Once there, you have to define the product on which the quality "
|
||||
"control will take place, as well as the operation at which it should take "
|
||||
"place."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The *Quality Control Points* can take place during transfers or during the "
|
||||
"manufacturing process of the products. If you work with routings on your "
|
||||
"*Bill of Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing "
|
||||
"process the quality control point should be applied."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The control type defines at which frequency the quality checks should take "
|
||||
"place:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"All Operations: all the operations will generate quality checks to perform;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Randomly: the quality checks will only be performed on x% of the operation. "
|
||||
"You must define the percentage yourself, on the control point;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Periodically: the quality checks will be performed periodically. The "
|
||||
"periodicity is based on the period you define (once a day, once a week)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:32
|
||||
msgid "Quality Control Point Types"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now that the rest is configured, you need to define the type of quality "
|
||||
"check."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Some of the types are only available with the manufacturing application."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:41
|
||||
msgid "Text"
|
||||
msgstr "النص"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This control point type allows you to give instructions to your workers "
|
||||
"during the transfer, or the manufacturing process."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:56
|
||||
msgid "Take a Picture"
|
||||
msgstr "التقاط صورة"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This control point type asks you to take a picture of the product in a "
|
||||
"transfer, or when manufacturing it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:71
|
||||
msgid "Pass-Fail"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:73
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This type of control point requires that you specify if the products pass or"
|
||||
" fail a specific text. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing"
|
||||
" orders."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:80
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"For this kind of control point type, you have the possibility to define a "
|
||||
"failure message that will give instructions to follow in case of quality "
|
||||
"check failure."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:94
|
||||
msgid "Take a Measure"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:96
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This control point type requires you to enter the product’s measurements "
|
||||
"during a transfer, or during the manufacturing process."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:102
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"For this kind of control point type, you also have the possibility to define"
|
||||
" a failure message that will give instructions to the worker."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:115
|
||||
msgid "Register Consumed Materials"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:117
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This control point type requires you register the component serial/lot "
|
||||
"numbers during the manufacturing process. It is only available if you work "
|
||||
"with routings."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:128
|
||||
msgid "Register By-Products"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:130
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"With this control point type, you must register the serial/lot number of the"
|
||||
" by-products that are manufactured. It is also only available with routings."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:141
|
||||
msgid "Print Label"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:143
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This control point type allows you to print labels to add to the product "
|
||||
"during the manufacturing process."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: ar\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../recruitment.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Recruitment"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -1,515 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Mustafa Rawi <mustafa@cubexco.com>, 2019
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Mustafa Rawi <mustafa@cubexco.com>, 2019\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: ar\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "SMS Marketing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Build, send and get reports from a SMS mailing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Why to use SMS? Using SMS Marketing as part of my communication strategies "
|
||||
"can empower me to expand my markets, considering that in some countries "
|
||||
"emails are not very used or used at all. It also helps to boost my "
|
||||
"conversion rate, as this strategy has a high open-rate percentage among "
|
||||
"people who use smartphones - people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"With Odoo’s SMS Marketing app you can plan, organize, schedule and keep "
|
||||
"track of your mailings with its easy to use interface."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "Install the app"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:17
|
||||
msgid "Build an SMS mailing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "Go to *SMS Marketing > Create*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"First, I’ll be able to specify a *subject* name that will help me to "
|
||||
"remember what the mailing is about. Under *recipients*, I’ll choose to whom "
|
||||
"I’d like the SMS to be sent. If I choose *Contact*, all my Odoo contacts "
|
||||
"(vendor, customers, etc.) will receive my SMS. From there, I can refine my "
|
||||
"recipient list with the *add filter* option. In the example below, I choose "
|
||||
"to send it to my contacts living in Belgium."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows me to choose mailing "
|
||||
"lists I’ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to "
|
||||
"my Newsletters, or both! I’m allowed to select more than one *Mailing list*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will "
|
||||
"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, I’ll be able to get "
|
||||
"data about those links."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On *Settings* I have the option *include opt-out link* available. If "
|
||||
"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list "
|
||||
"he’s not interested in anymore."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"in the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, I can see the history of "
|
||||
"my sent links, access them and look at statistics."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:48
|
||||
msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved!"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:52
|
||||
msgid "Sending my mailing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:56
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once I have my mailing created, I must choose when I would like it to be "
|
||||
"delivered:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Put in queue**: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run."
|
||||
" Interesting option if I don’t mind when the triggering will happen."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Send now**: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if "
|
||||
"there are not that many recipients."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:60
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Schedule**: allows me to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings "
|
||||
"that I would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while"
|
||||
" it is active or to simply plan my content strategy in advance."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Test**: allows me to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test "
|
||||
"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page "
|
||||
"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, I "
|
||||
"must remember to use a comma between them."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:65
|
||||
msgid "Visualize reports"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:66
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, I am capable of applying "
|
||||
"filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the "
|
||||
"performance of my SMS mailings."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"I can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on "
|
||||
"the *information* icon when creating a new SMS."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:76
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, "
|
||||
"make sure you’ve purchased credits. For more information on that access: "
|
||||
":doc:`../sms_marketing/fqapricing`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "Contact lists"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:7
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Creating my own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when I want to "
|
||||
"create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of my newsletter. "
|
||||
"It is also the best way to get started if I am coming from another system "
|
||||
"and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS distribution a lot "
|
||||
"easier."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to *Contacts lists > Contacts lists > Create*. I’ll choose a name for my "
|
||||
"*Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if I would like to make the"
|
||||
" mailing list accessible to my recipients in the unsubscription page to "
|
||||
"allow them to update their subscription preferences."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once inside the list, I can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that "
|
||||
"specific list."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "History with the Log Notes"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A record of the mailings sent is kept in the chatter of the recipient "
|
||||
"(whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This is important as I and my team can easily keep track and see a history "
|
||||
"of interactions with my contacts or prospects, granting me the ability to "
|
||||
"better understand them. Example: my sales representative can easily find out"
|
||||
" which SMS mailing promotions a customer has received or not."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Blacklist"
|
||||
msgstr "القائمة السوداء"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If I’m coming from another software and have a list of clients who have "
|
||||
"already asked to be blacklisted from my news, I can import those entries in "
|
||||
"my database. For that, I’ll go to *Configuration > Phone Blacklist > "
|
||||
"Import*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Integrations and Templates"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement "
|
||||
"purposes but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your "
|
||||
"costumers, for example. As you know, one of the biggest benefits of using "
|
||||
"Odoo is the capability of the apps to be integrated. With the SMS Marketing "
|
||||
"app isn’t different!"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS campaigns"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the *Email "
|
||||
"Marketing app > Configuration > Settings> activate the option Mailing "
|
||||
"Campaigns*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, I’ll also have the menu *Campaigns* included in my *SMS Marketing* "
|
||||
"page, allowing me to have an overview of my SMS mailings and my email "
|
||||
"marketing ones."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This feature is especially useful if I have aggregated campaigns, as I have "
|
||||
"a global reporting view. In addition to that, I can create stages in my "
|
||||
"kanban view to better organize the work being done."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:26
|
||||
msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It "
|
||||
"makes my work easier if I need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for "
|
||||
"example. For that, I’ll go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and "
|
||||
"click on the *SMS* icon next to the phone number."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If I’d like to send a message in a batch here, I could go to *List View > "
|
||||
"select all the contacts > Action > Send SMS*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:39
|
||||
msgid "Set up SMS Templates"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To set up *SMS Templates*, I’ll go to the *Settings* app and activate the "
|
||||
"*developer mode*. Now, back to *Settings* app, I’ll go to *Technical > "
|
||||
"Phone/SMS section > SMS Templates* and create the content I need."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to "
|
||||
"the context."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:52
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo! Here are some of our extra "
|
||||
"notable integrations:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:54
|
||||
msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:55
|
||||
msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:56
|
||||
msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:57
|
||||
msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a "
|
||||
"document online."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:60
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:63
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently"
|
||||
" asked questions, go to `Pricing and FQA <fqapricing.html>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "Pricing"
|
||||
msgstr "التسعير"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:7
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service which requires "
|
||||
"prepaid credits to work. The price of an SMS depends on the destination and "
|
||||
"the length of the message. With 1 credit, I can send up to 92 SMSs."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**For more information, please consult our FAQ page**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ "
|
||||
"<https://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To buy credits I will go to *Settings > Buy Credits* (under *Send SMS*); or"
|
||||
" go to *Settings > View my Services* (under *Odoo IAP*)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you "
|
||||
"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "FAQ"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:24
|
||||
msgid "No, your credits won’t expire."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because "
|
||||
"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:30
|
||||
msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:32
|
||||
msgid "Yes."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:34
|
||||
msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:36
|
||||
msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to "
|
||||
"send them all?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent "
|
||||
"until you have enough credits to send them all."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:42
|
||||
msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:44
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding "
|
||||
"record, and a complete history of SMS sent is available under Settings> "
|
||||
"Activate the developer mode > Technical > SMS."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:46
|
||||
msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:48
|
||||
msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I "
|
||||
"lose credits?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:52
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). "
|
||||
"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the "
|
||||
"credit will be lost."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:54
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a"
|
||||
" ticket for a festival)?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:56
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be "
|
||||
"charged."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:60
|
||||
msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:62
|
||||
msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:64
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Please find our Privacy Policy here: `Odoo IPA Purchase Privacy Policy "
|
||||
"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:66
|
||||
msgid "**How many types of SMS exist and how many characters make 1 SMS?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:68
|
||||
msgid "There are 2 types of SMS message:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:70
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Standard* (GSM-7): contains only characters from the GSM-7 set, which can "
|
||||
"be seen in the following picture."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:75
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Unicode*: contains at least one character that is not in the previous "
|
||||
"table. For Standard SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is"
|
||||
" 70. Above these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message. "
|
||||
"The system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message"
|
||||
" represents."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1,168 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: ar\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing.rst:5
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Social Marketing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Advanced Topics"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"One of the biggest challenges of a company is to engage efficiently with "
|
||||
"their community. Odoo Social helps you to meet your audience with the help "
|
||||
"of several supports: social media, push notifications, or live chat request."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Add your social media and create your feed"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You first need to add your social media accounts. To do that, add a Stream "
|
||||
"and choose your social media account. You’ll need to grant permissions to "
|
||||
"Odoo Social Marketing application."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once it’s done, you’ll be redirected to your Feed and a column will be "
|
||||
"automatically added with the publications of your freshly added account. You"
|
||||
" can then add new streams to your Feed and customize your Kanban view as you"
|
||||
" like."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Adding social media accounts to your Feed will also add some KPIs on it:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:30
|
||||
msgid "Audience: Number of followers of your channel"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:32
|
||||
msgid "Engagement: Number of times people have engaged with your posts"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35
|
||||
msgid "Stories: Number of times people who have engaged with your channel"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"have created stories on their friend’s or follower’s feed (Shares, "
|
||||
"Retweet,..)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can access more information by clicking on the “Insights” link: this "
|
||||
"will lead you to statistics of the selected social medium."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:41
|
||||
msgid "Publish content"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To publish content on your social media accounts or send a push notification"
|
||||
" to your subscribed users, either go to your Feed and click on New Post, or "
|
||||
"use the “Posts” menu and create it from there. Select all the accounts where"
|
||||
" you want to post your content, write your post and get an instant preview "
|
||||
"of how it will look when published."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you select the push notifications, you’ll get some additional fields on "
|
||||
"the form that will allow you to complete the push notifications "
|
||||
"configuration and choose your segment between all your subscribed users. You"
|
||||
" can also send push notifications via the Visitors menu, as explained in the"
|
||||
" previous paragraph."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:56
|
||||
msgid "Enable push notifications on your website"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The push notifications system uses a Firebase account, configured by "
|
||||
"default. This feature allows you to send push notifications to your "
|
||||
"website’s visitors after they subscribed to it. To enable push notifications"
|
||||
" on your website, go to the Website application Settings, and configure the "
|
||||
"notifications permission request."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:67
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once it’s done, a popup will appear to your website’s visitors, asking them "
|
||||
"to allow push notifications. As soon as they subscribe to it, you can start "
|
||||
"sending them push notifications through the Visitors menu. You can either "
|
||||
"send it individually or target a bigger segment by selecting multiple "
|
||||
"visitors in the list view (e.g. all the visitors that visited your "
|
||||
"Homepage)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:75
|
||||
msgid "Interact with your online visitors"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:77
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can monitor your online visits via the Visitors menu. You’ll see every "
|
||||
"visitors that landed on one of your tracked pages (you can configure your "
|
||||
"tracked pages in the Website application), online or offline. Your online "
|
||||
"visitors will be authenticated if they’re linked to a lead or an existing "
|
||||
"partner. You will be able to contact them with an email, a message sms, a "
|
||||
"push notification (if they have subscribed to it), or even send them a live "
|
||||
"chat request that they will receive on their next move on one of your "
|
||||
"tracked pages (if you installed the Live Chat application)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:91
|
||||
msgid "Configure your own Facebook and Twitter developer accounts"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:93
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By default, the Social application is already configured with a Facebook and"
|
||||
" Twitter developer accounts but you can use your own if necessary. Activate "
|
||||
"the developer mode, go to Configuration > Settings and enter your own API "
|
||||
"keys."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:102
|
||||
msgid "Configure your own Firebase API"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:104
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By default, a Firebase project is running on your database so there’s no "
|
||||
"need to configure it. If you have multiple websites, every website will be "
|
||||
"linked to a different Firebase project. If you need to configure your own "
|
||||
"Firebase project, please go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->"
|
||||
" Settings` Web Push Notifications section."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -9,9 +9,9 @@
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -1,770 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
|
||||
# Hans Henrik Gabelgaard <hhg@gabelgaard.org>, 2020
|
||||
# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020
|
||||
# lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2020
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Discuss"
|
||||
msgstr "Beskeder"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Advanced"
|
||||
msgstr "Avanceret"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your "
|
||||
"database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the"
|
||||
" use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16
|
||||
msgid "Scope of this documentation"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't "
|
||||
"benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, "
|
||||
"unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly "
|
||||
"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system "
|
||||
"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can "
|
||||
"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's "
|
||||
"reputation yourself."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your "
|
||||
"own email solution with Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Office 365 email servers don't easily allow to send external emails from "
|
||||
"hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation "
|
||||
"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-"
|
||||
"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-"
|
||||
"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:39
|
||||
msgid "How to manage outbound messages"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and "
|
||||
"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to "
|
||||
"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the "
|
||||
"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:45
|
||||
msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:50
|
||||
msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` "
|
||||
"warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less "
|
||||
"secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here "
|
||||
"<https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:57
|
||||
msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:61
|
||||
msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP"
|
||||
" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-"
|
||||
"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-"
|
||||
"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure"
|
||||
" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:69
|
||||
msgid "How to use a G Suite server"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need "
|
||||
"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in "
|
||||
"`Google documentation "
|
||||
"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:77
|
||||
msgid "Be SPF-compliant"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability"
|
||||
" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host "
|
||||
"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:82
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: "
|
||||
"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:84
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g."
|
||||
" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it "
|
||||
"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:88
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to "
|
||||
"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:91
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this "
|
||||
"usually happens more quickly."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:94
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail "
|
||||
"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF "
|
||||
"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:99
|
||||
msgid "Allow DKIM"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is "
|
||||
"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you "
|
||||
"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to "
|
||||
"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have "
|
||||
"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value "
|
||||
"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:108
|
||||
msgid "Restriction"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587,"
|
||||
" 465 or 2525."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:112
|
||||
msgid "How to manage inbound messages"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:114
|
||||
msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:116
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original "
|
||||
"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall "
|
||||
"alias (**catchall@**)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:120
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in "
|
||||
"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid "
|
||||
"recipients."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:124
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to "
|
||||
"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:127
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__),"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:129
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__),"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:131
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page"
|
||||
"/project-management>`__),"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:133
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__),"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:135
|
||||
msgid "etc."
|
||||
msgstr "etc."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:137
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch "
|
||||
"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email "
|
||||
"address per Odoo alias in your mail server."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:141
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, "
|
||||
"bounce@, sales@, etc.)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:143
|
||||
msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:148
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for "
|
||||
"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the "
|
||||
"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to "
|
||||
"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled "
|
||||
"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:157
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming "
|
||||
"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email "
|
||||
"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, "
|
||||
"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour "
|
||||
"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's "
|
||||
"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to "
|
||||
"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:167
|
||||
msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:165
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To "
|
||||
"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the "
|
||||
":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:169
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System "
|
||||
"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * "
|
||||
"mail.bounce.alias*)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:175
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. "
|
||||
"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode "
|
||||
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->"
|
||||
" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: "
|
||||
"Fetchmail Service*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Email Templates"
|
||||
msgstr "E-mailskabelon"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but "
|
||||
"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is "
|
||||
"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email "
|
||||
"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple "
|
||||
"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, "
|
||||
"improving their overall experience with the company."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` must be "
|
||||
"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> "
|
||||
"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates "
|
||||
"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this "
|
||||
"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to "
|
||||
"job applicants."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To "
|
||||
"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the "
|
||||
"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one "
|
||||
"with the highest priority is used."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent,"
|
||||
" saving space in your database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37
|
||||
msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you "
|
||||
"would like to use."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the "
|
||||
"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily"
|
||||
" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before "
|
||||
"sending it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Overview"
|
||||
msgstr "Oversigt"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Get Started with Discuss"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together "
|
||||
"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, "
|
||||
"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout"
|
||||
" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and "
|
||||
"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Choose your notifications preference"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications "
|
||||
"to be handled."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, "
|
||||
"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent "
|
||||
"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the"
|
||||
" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:36
|
||||
msgid "Start Chatting"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message "
|
||||
"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If "
|
||||
"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite"
|
||||
" of where you are in Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of"
|
||||
" your browser."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to "
|
||||
"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels <team_communication>`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:61
|
||||
msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:64
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer "
|
||||
"to a channel, type *#channel-name*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or "
|
||||
"through email, depending on his settings."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values "
|
||||
"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the "
|
||||
"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the"
|
||||
" scope of the search becomes all partners."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:78
|
||||
msgid "Chat status"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can "
|
||||
"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the "
|
||||
"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging "
|
||||
"menu*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84
|
||||
msgid "Green = online"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:85
|
||||
msgid "Orange = away"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86
|
||||
msgid "White = offline"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87
|
||||
msgid "Airplane = out of the office"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`team_communication`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you "
|
||||
"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to "
|
||||
"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance "
|
||||
"of having overlapping actions between team members."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the "
|
||||
"*Activities* menu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Plan activities"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatter by clicking on "
|
||||
"*Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "Set your activity types"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, "
|
||||
"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure"
|
||||
" to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46
|
||||
msgid "Recommend next activities"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set "
|
||||
"*Recommended Next Activities*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and"
|
||||
" next steps are suggested to you."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`get_started`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, "
|
||||
"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular "
|
||||
"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the "
|
||||
"latest developments."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Public and Private channels"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only "
|
||||
"visible to users invited to it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information"
|
||||
" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used "
|
||||
"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a "
|
||||
"specific department)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26
|
||||
msgid "Configuration options"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by"
|
||||
" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36
|
||||
msgid "Privacy and Members"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control "
|
||||
"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* "
|
||||
"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would"
|
||||
" a public one."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your "
|
||||
"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on "
|
||||
"*Invite*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* "
|
||||
"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while "
|
||||
"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto "
|
||||
"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they "
|
||||
"are part of the group."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55
|
||||
msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a "
|
||||
"mailing list."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that "
|
||||
"messages will need to be approved before being sent."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you"
|
||||
" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions"
|
||||
" to newcomers."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* "
|
||||
"messages."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of "
|
||||
"their :doc:`notification preference <get_started>`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email "
|
||||
"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91
|
||||
msgid "Quick search bar"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if "
|
||||
"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a "
|
||||
"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations"
|
||||
" and quickly find the one you need."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103
|
||||
msgid "Finding channels"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public "
|
||||
"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function "
|
||||
"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a "
|
||||
"single character."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1,824 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
|
||||
# Pernille Kristensen <pernillekristensen1994@gmail.com>, 2020
|
||||
# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020
|
||||
# lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2020
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "eCommerce"
|
||||
msgstr "Webshop"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Get started"
|
||||
msgstr "Kom igang"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to customize my catalog page"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "Product Catalog"
|
||||
msgstr "Varekartotek"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, "
|
||||
"website categories, etc."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Highlight a product"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make "
|
||||
"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop"
|
||||
" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"See how to do it: "
|
||||
"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Quick add to cart"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by "
|
||||
"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description "
|
||||
"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: "
|
||||
"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description "
|
||||
"better)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to build a product page"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17
|
||||
msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Manage my products"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to display several images per product"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product "
|
||||
"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn "
|
||||
"the image into a carrousel."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> "
|
||||
"Configuration --> Settings`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*"
|
||||
" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to show product availability"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure "
|
||||
"your customers."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select "
|
||||
"an option in *Availability*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery "
|
||||
"delay, etc."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it "
|
||||
"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the "
|
||||
"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to manage product variants"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your "
|
||||
"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt "
|
||||
"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer "
|
||||
"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the "
|
||||
"available options."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "How to create attributes & variants"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: "
|
||||
"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, "
|
||||
"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there "
|
||||
"are 2 values for 1 attribute."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30
|
||||
msgid "How to edit variants"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32
|
||||
msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40
|
||||
msgid "You can edit following data:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42
|
||||
msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website),"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43
|
||||
msgid "Barcode,"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #),"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45
|
||||
msgid "Volume,"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46
|
||||
msgid "Weight,"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47
|
||||
msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need "
|
||||
"to populate them once the variants generated."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> "
|
||||
"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of "
|
||||
"variants."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58
|
||||
msgid "How to set specific prices per variant"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant "
|
||||
"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding "
|
||||
"attribute value is selected."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for "
|
||||
"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80
|
||||
msgid "How to disable/archive variants"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer "
|
||||
"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, "
|
||||
"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants "
|
||||
"list. You can reactivate them the same way."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Maximize my revenue"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch "
|
||||
"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling "
|
||||
"functionalities:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "Accessory products on checkout page,"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "Accessory products when checking out"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer "
|
||||
"reviews the cart before paying."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case "
|
||||
"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several "
|
||||
"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of "
|
||||
"suggested accessories."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "Optional products when adding to cart"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for "
|
||||
"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main "
|
||||
"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40
|
||||
msgid "To publish optional products:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the "
|
||||
"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show "
|
||||
"up."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48
|
||||
msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "force a price by geo-localization,"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "let the customer choose the currency."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: "
|
||||
":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet "
|
||||
"logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23
|
||||
msgid "Currency selector"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose "
|
||||
"their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website "
|
||||
"drop-down menu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`promo_code`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to create & share promotional codes"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing "
|
||||
"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "Setup"
|
||||
msgstr "Opsætning"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based"
|
||||
" on formula* for *Sale Price*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a"
|
||||
" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a "
|
||||
"code."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in "
|
||||
"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* "
|
||||
"prices get automatically updated in the cart."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can "
|
||||
"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39
|
||||
msgid "Show sales per pricelists..."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`pricing`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to enable comments & rating"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust "
|
||||
"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow "
|
||||
"your customer to share their feedback!"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web "
|
||||
"page."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do "
|
||||
"so (see Portal documentation)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "Review the posts in real time"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product "
|
||||
"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as "
|
||||
"follower."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in "
|
||||
"the product discussion thread)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43
|
||||
msgid "Moderate & unpublish"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail "
|
||||
"form or on the web page."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* "
|
||||
"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56
|
||||
msgid "..tip::"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*"
|
||||
" smart button (and vice versa)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products "
|
||||
"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more"
|
||||
" time browsing your catalog."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "To do so:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail "
|
||||
"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your "
|
||||
"customers will be confused."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web "
|
||||
"page."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Overview"
|
||||
msgstr "Oversigt"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no "
|
||||
"time. The topics follow the buying process:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "Product Page"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "Shop Page"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "Pricing"
|
||||
msgstr "Priser"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16
|
||||
msgid "Taxes"
|
||||
msgstr "Moms"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17
|
||||
msgid "Checkout process"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "Upselling & cross-selling"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "Payment"
|
||||
msgstr "Betaling"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Shipping & Tracking"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Launch my website"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Get paid"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a"
|
||||
" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on "
|
||||
"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "What are the payment status"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need "
|
||||
"to authorize it from the acquirer interface."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo,"
|
||||
" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the"
|
||||
" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been "
|
||||
"confirmed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to "
|
||||
"retry the payment. The order is still in draft."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer "
|
||||
"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, "
|
||||
"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such "
|
||||
"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically "
|
||||
"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice "
|
||||
"orders straight on."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in "
|
||||
"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically "
|
||||
"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank "
|
||||
"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you"
|
||||
" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That "
|
||||
"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books "
|
||||
"until you get paid into your bank account (see "
|
||||
":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:63
|
||||
msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once "
|
||||
"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is "
|
||||
"only available with Authorize.net."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click "
|
||||
"*Capture Transaction*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:77
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own "
|
||||
"interfaces, not from Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How customers can access their customer account"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer "
|
||||
"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are"
|
||||
" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and "
|
||||
"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup "
|
||||
"process before buying something."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "Sign up"
|
||||
msgstr "Tilmeld dig"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the "
|
||||
"order from order confirmation email."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23
|
||||
msgid "Customer account"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*"
|
||||
" in the login dropdown menu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be "
|
||||
"modified."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they "
|
||||
"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Collect taxes"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1,290 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
|
||||
# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020
|
||||
# Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2020
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Email Marketing"
|
||||
msgstr "E-mail markedsføring"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Overview"
|
||||
msgstr "Oversigt"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Work with Mailing Lists"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Mailing lists can be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as "
|
||||
"they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, and"
|
||||
" consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Create mailing lists"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable "
|
||||
"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when "
|
||||
"unsubscribing."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on"
|
||||
" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23
|
||||
msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to "
|
||||
"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective "
|
||||
"mailing list."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:34
|
||||
msgid "Contacts"
|
||||
msgstr "Adressebog"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of"
|
||||
" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually "
|
||||
"created here."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Open a contact form to see or add different mailing lists to which the "
|
||||
"contact is or will be part of."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:51
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`send_emails`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to "
|
||||
"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think "
|
||||
"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option "
|
||||
"*Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he is "
|
||||
"redirected to the following page:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"After clicking on the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you "
|
||||
"are sent to an error page (*error 403 - Access Denied*). If you want to be "
|
||||
"sure the link is working properly, create your mass mail and send it only to"
|
||||
" a personal email."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing "
|
||||
"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive"
|
||||
" *any* more emails from you."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for"
|
||||
" users."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email "
|
||||
"addresses are shown."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of "
|
||||
"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates"
|
||||
" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Choose the right target and create the message"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Choosing *Contacts* as *Recipients* (for example), allows you to add "
|
||||
"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH "
|
||||
"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these "
|
||||
"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by "
|
||||
"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible "
|
||||
"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if "
|
||||
"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the"
|
||||
" sender (*Send From*)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers "
|
||||
"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address."
|
||||
" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts or "
|
||||
"contacts as recipients."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:45
|
||||
msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Save*: the work is allocated in the *draft* column in the Kanban view. "
|
||||
"Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* "
|
||||
"deletes the email."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:54
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test "
|
||||
"contacts to avoid errors."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:56
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Send* triggers the email with the next run and put the work on the *queue* "
|
||||
"column in the Kanban view."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time, and puts the email in the "
|
||||
"*queue* column in the Kanban view."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The daily limit is applied for **all emails** sent, in other words, "
|
||||
"throughout all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have "
|
||||
"remaining ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically "
|
||||
"the next day. You need to force that by opening the email and clicking on "
|
||||
"*Retry*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:67
|
||||
msgid "Manage campaigns"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:69
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing "
|
||||
"Campaigns*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing"
|
||||
" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:72
|
||||
msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:80
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push "
|
||||
"Notification feature, you see the option to create content for those "
|
||||
"channels. You also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. All of"
|
||||
" this is possible because the applications work integrated."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:85
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:86
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1,436 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
|
||||
# Pernille Kristensen <pernillekristensen1994@gmail.com>, 2020
|
||||
# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020
|
||||
# lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2020
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Events"
|
||||
msgstr "Arrangementer"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Integrations"
|
||||
msgstr "Integrationer"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Communicating about my Event using SMS Text Messages"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Using SMS as a communication strategy for your event establishes interaction"
|
||||
" between organizers, attendees, speakers and further targets. It allows your"
|
||||
" message to be heard whether the goal is to send out reminders, teasers or "
|
||||
"to advertise."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:10
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:9 ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Configuration"
|
||||
msgstr "Konfiguration"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under *Communication* SMS is a standard feature. That means nothing needs to"
|
||||
" be enabled or installed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the other hand, to contact the speakers of your event, you need the *SMS "
|
||||
"Marketing* application installed, and to enable *Schedule & Tracks* under "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The *Schedule & Tracks* feature allows you to manage the agenda and speakers"
|
||||
" of your event. For more details watch: `Creating an agenda for your event "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/create-an-agenda-for-your-"
|
||||
"event-717?fullscreen=1>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "Send SMSs to attendees"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under *Communication*, the message’s target is the attendees of your event."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can choose to confirm each registration with the *Registration* "
|
||||
"template, and to send a reminder shortly before the event takes place with "
|
||||
"the *Reminder* template."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:38
|
||||
msgid "To make changes in an existing template, click on the external link."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:45
|
||||
msgid "Send SMSs to speakers and further targets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The benefit of the integration with the *SMS Marketing* application is that "
|
||||
"you can choose the target you would like your message to be delivered to. To"
|
||||
" get started, click on *Contact Track Speakers*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:56
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If *Event Track* is not your target (*Recipient*), choose the right one. "
|
||||
"*Filters* are eligible here."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the example below, the SMS would be sent to the speakers who are in the "
|
||||
"stage *Proposal* on *Event Track*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Credits are required to be able to send SMSs. For more information about "
|
||||
"Pricing :doc:`click here <../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`, "
|
||||
"and, about IAP Services :doc:`here "
|
||||
"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Overview"
|
||||
msgstr "Oversigt"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Create your First Event"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Some of the reasons why hosting events is essential are:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "To create an engaging experience with your audience;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "To generate word of mouth about your company;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "To allow networking;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To provide an opportunity for sales representatives to walk their prospects "
|
||||
"through the product and even their pipeline."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "Get started"
|
||||
msgstr "Kom igang"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under the menu *Events*, have a view of all existing events and some key "
|
||||
"information, such as the number of expected and confirmed attendees."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To start a new one, click on *Create* and fill in the form with all the "
|
||||
"needed information. Enable *Website Menu* to have the menus *Introduction*, "
|
||||
"*Location*, and *Register* being shown on your event’s website page."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To personalize these pages, click on *Edit* to open the `website builder "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/website-basics-643?fullscreen=1>`_, and "
|
||||
"edit content by dragging and dropping blocks."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:40
|
||||
msgid "Tab: Tickets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable "
|
||||
":doc:`Tickets and Online Ticketing <tickets>`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, under the *Tickets* Tab, add lines to include the different ticket "
|
||||
"types you offer. Include the price, the start and end dates for "
|
||||
"registrations, and even the maximum number of tickets that can be sold."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The *Reserved Seats* and *Unconfirmed Seat Reservations* are counted as "
|
||||
"attendees are marked as :doc:`confirmed <track_attendees>` or not."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:55
|
||||
msgid "Tab: Communication"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Choose the email and/or SMS message template, as well as the frequency with "
|
||||
"which you would like to communicate with your attendees under the tab "
|
||||
"*Communication*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Create a template on the fly or choose an existing one. Define the "
|
||||
"*Interval* (2, 7, 15..) for the *Unit* (days, hours, weeks, etc.), and the "
|
||||
"*Trigger* action (after registration, after the event, etc.)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:68
|
||||
msgid "Tab: Questions"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:70
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Questions*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:72
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, under the tab *Questions*, edit your questions and answers, choosing if"
|
||||
" you would like your questionnaire to be asked per order or per "
|
||||
"registration."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:75
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Example of a registration for 3 attendees: if enabling the option *Ask each "
|
||||
"attendee*, the questionnaire is shown 3 times, meaning that answers can vary"
|
||||
" for each attendee; if *Ask each attendee* is not enabled, the questionnaire"
|
||||
" is shown once, resulting in a global answer."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:81
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once your event is *Confirmed*, you can manage attendees badges, and mark "
|
||||
"the event as *Finished*. Events marked as *Finished* can be *Set to draft*, "
|
||||
"putting the event back to an *Unconfirmed* stage from which it can be edited"
|
||||
" and used again."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:90
|
||||
msgid "Publish your event"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:92
|
||||
msgid "*Go to Website* and turn *Published* on."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:99
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`track_attendees`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:100
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`tickets`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:101
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`track_talks`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Selling Tickets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you automate processes, you save time. If you give attendees multiple "
|
||||
"payment options to choose from, you allow flexibility and open margins for "
|
||||
"more registrations to happen."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Tickets* and"
|
||||
" *Online Ticketing*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Tickets* allow tickets to be sold "
|
||||
":ref:`events/create_event/through_sales_orders`. *Online Ticketing* allows "
|
||||
"the sale of tickets to happen "
|
||||
":ref:`events/create_event/through_the_website`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "Through Sales Orders"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the *Sales* application, choose the event product you created and add it "
|
||||
"as a product line. A window pops-up, allowing you to choose the event for "
|
||||
"which you want to create the sales order."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Remember to create a product form for the event registration, under "
|
||||
"*Product*, in the *Sales* application, and to add that same product under "
|
||||
"your event’s form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:43
|
||||
msgid "Through the Website"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the website, once tickets are added to the cart, the user can continue "
|
||||
"the transaction choosing among the payment methods you chose to have "
|
||||
"available."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Track your Attendees"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Attendees are at the heart of your event. Keeping track of their number and "
|
||||
"managing their registration and attendance is necessary for planning and "
|
||||
"analyzing reasons."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Attendees list and attendance"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once attendees have registered or bought their tickets, they are added to "
|
||||
"the *Attendees* list."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Tickets sold through sales orders validate attendees as soon as the "
|
||||
"quotation is confirmed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The check mark button is used to confirm the registration. Once a "
|
||||
"registration is confirmed, attendance can be marked."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:26
|
||||
msgid "Bagdes and cancellations"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the attendees form, choose to send badges manually by clicking on *Send "
|
||||
"By Email*. *Cancel Registration* to have that attendee being moved to the "
|
||||
"*Cancelled* stage."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To see a list of your canceled attendees, under *Filters*, add a *Custom "
|
||||
"Filter* choosing *Status > is > Cancelled*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:44
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../integrations/integration_sms`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Track and Manage Talks"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Allow partners to submit talk proposals so they can share their knowledge "
|
||||
"and expertise. Good speakers and talks are what make your event great."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable "
|
||||
"*Schedule & Tracks*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, in your event's form, once *Website menu* is enabled, the options "
|
||||
"*Tracks on Website* and *Track Proposals on Website* become available. "
|
||||
"Enabling them adds the menus *Talks*, *Talk Proposals*, and *Agenda* to your"
|
||||
" website."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Besides having the ability to suggest their own talks, the website now "
|
||||
"allows users to see a list of the whole agenda and scheduled talks."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To handle tracks internally and not have the menus *Talks*, *Talk "
|
||||
"Proposals*, and *Agenda* online, use the menu *Tracks* individually."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:32
|
||||
msgid "Publishing speaker proposals"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once partners have filled in the appropriate form and submitted their "
|
||||
"proposals, a new *Proposal* is instantly created under the menu *Track*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If the proposal is accepted and can go online, simply open its form and "
|
||||
"click on *Go to Website*. From the website page, turn *Published* on."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1,346 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
|
||||
# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020
|
||||
# lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2020
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Expenses"
|
||||
msgstr "Øvrige omkostninger"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "How to set expense types"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed "
|
||||
"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* "
|
||||
"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on "
|
||||
"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the "
|
||||
"real cost per expense."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:17
|
||||
msgid "Here are some examples to configure:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "Restaurant:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:21 ../../expense/expense.rst:27
|
||||
msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "Travel with Personal Car:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:24
|
||||
msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "Hotel:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Others:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "Cost: 0.0"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if "
|
||||
"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is "
|
||||
"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price <taxes/included-in-price>`. That"
|
||||
" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is "
|
||||
"usually the expected behaviour."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense "
|
||||
"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> "
|
||||
"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased "
|
||||
"in different units of measure (advanced)*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:48
|
||||
msgid "How to record expenses"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:51
|
||||
msgid "Manually"
|
||||
msgstr "Manuelt"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses "
|
||||
"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with "
|
||||
"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of "
|
||||
"hotel nights)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:62
|
||||
msgid "Enter the expense date."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:63
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if "
|
||||
"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan "
|
||||
"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and "
|
||||
"the accountant validate it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:73
|
||||
msgid "In one click from emails"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:74
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a "
|
||||
"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:77
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* "
|
||||
"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee "
|
||||
"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:83
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the "
|
||||
"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in "
|
||||
"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:88
|
||||
msgid "How to submit expenses to managers"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:90
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end "
|
||||
"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My "
|
||||
"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and"
|
||||
" click on :menuselection:`Action --> Submit to Manager`. Save the newly "
|
||||
"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to "
|
||||
"approve it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:100
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button "
|
||||
"on the form view of an expense."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:103
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses "
|
||||
"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:108
|
||||
msgid "How to approve expenses"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:110
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from"
|
||||
" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. "
|
||||
"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:117
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as "
|
||||
"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:123
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team "
|
||||
"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those "
|
||||
"employees."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:131
|
||||
msgid "How to post expenses in accounting"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:133
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to"
|
||||
" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to "
|
||||
"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to"
|
||||
" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have "
|
||||
"following access rights:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:139
|
||||
msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser"
|
||||
msgstr "Regnskab: Bogholder eller rådgiver"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:140
|
||||
msgid "Expenses: Manager"
|
||||
msgstr "Udgifter: Leder"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:143
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get"
|
||||
" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to "
|
||||
"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in"
|
||||
" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person "
|
||||
"is using Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:150
|
||||
msgid "How to reimburse employees"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:152
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To "
|
||||
"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:156
|
||||
msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:158
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:159
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:163
|
||||
msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:165
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your"
|
||||
" customers automatically."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:169
|
||||
msgid "Setup"
|
||||
msgstr "Opsætning"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:171
|
||||
msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:173
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all "
|
||||
"your Expense types:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:176
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:179
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses "
|
||||
"quantity"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:182
|
||||
msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:184
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale "
|
||||
"order."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:191
|
||||
msgid "Create an order"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:193
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered "
|
||||
"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be "
|
||||
"added automatically once posted by the accountant."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:198
|
||||
msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:204
|
||||
msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:206
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on"
|
||||
" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees"
|
||||
" are already able to set one when submitting."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:213
|
||||
msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:216
|
||||
msgid "Invoice expenses"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:218
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> "
|
||||
"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically "
|
||||
"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:226
|
||||
msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2019
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2019\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expenses.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Expenses"
|
||||
msgstr "Øvrige omkostninger"
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# peso <peer.sommerlund@gmail.com>, 2020
|
||||
# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020
|
||||
# Mads Søndergaard, 2020
|
||||
# Pernille Kristensen <pernillekristensen1994@gmail.com>, 2021
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Pernille Kristensen <pernillekristensen1994@gmail.com>, 2021\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Field Service"
|
||||
msgstr "Felt tjeneste"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Helpdesk"
|
||||
msgstr "Helpdesk"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Plan onsite interventions from helpdesk tickets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The integration with the Helpdesk app lets your helpdesk team manage "
|
||||
"intervention requests directly. Planning field service tasks from tickets "
|
||||
"speeds up your processes."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "Configure the helpdesk team"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select"
|
||||
" a team and enable *Onsite Interventions*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The helpdesk tickets of the team now display the *Plan Intervention* button."
|
||||
" Click on it to create a new task under your field service project."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Sales"
|
||||
msgstr "Salg"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Create onsite interventions from sales orders"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions creates a seamless "
|
||||
"experience for your customers. They can receive a quotation they first have "
|
||||
"to approve before the work even starts."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "Configure a product"
|
||||
msgstr "Konfigurer et produkt"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Products` and "
|
||||
"create or edit a product."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under the *General Information* tab, select *Service* as *Product Type*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under the *Sales* tab, select *Timesheets on tasks* as *Service Invoicing "
|
||||
"Policy*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "Select *Create a task in an existing project* as *Service Tracking*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:17
|
||||
msgid "Select your *Project*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you use them, select your *Worksheet Template* and then click on *Save*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"From the *Sales* app, create a quotation with the product and confirm it. A "
|
||||
"task is automatically set up under your Field Service project. It is "
|
||||
"directly accessible from the sales order."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -1,383 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack "
|
||||
"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our "
|
||||
"product."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate "
|
||||
"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person"
|
||||
" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the"
|
||||
" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From"
|
||||
" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency"
|
||||
" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good "
|
||||
"practices."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible"
|
||||
" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention "
|
||||
"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business "
|
||||
"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the "
|
||||
"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise "
|
||||
"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an"
|
||||
" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are"
|
||||
" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those "
|
||||
"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional "
|
||||
"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his "
|
||||
"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary "
|
||||
"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-"
|
||||
"learning via the :doc:`Odoo documentation <../index>`, `The elearning "
|
||||
"platform <https://odoo.com/learn>`_ and the testing of functionalities."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49
|
||||
msgid "Project Scope"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:51
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is "
|
||||
"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the "
|
||||
"project implementation is pursuing."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:55
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of "
|
||||
"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. "
|
||||
"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of "
|
||||
"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more"
|
||||
" clear."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent "
|
||||
"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo"
|
||||
" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This "
|
||||
"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in "
|
||||
"the implementation."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:68
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great "
|
||||
"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more "
|
||||
"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard "
|
||||
"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project"
|
||||
" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid "
|
||||
"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software "
|
||||
"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an "
|
||||
"experiment of the standard in production."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82
|
||||
msgid "Managing expectations"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:84
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of "
|
||||
"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into"
|
||||
" account from the beginning of the project:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:88
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and "
|
||||
"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation,"
|
||||
" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo "
|
||||
"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time "
|
||||
"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly "
|
||||
"check that this is still the case."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:96
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal "
|
||||
"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them"
|
||||
" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs "
|
||||
"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an"
|
||||
" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the "
|
||||
"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining "
|
||||
"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio "
|
||||
"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be "
|
||||
"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a "
|
||||
"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed "
|
||||
"to pursue this same objective."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:110
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and "
|
||||
"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to "
|
||||
"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of "
|
||||
"tools\\* :"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:115
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard "
|
||||
"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be "
|
||||
"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:120
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities "
|
||||
"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, "
|
||||
"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:128
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A "
|
||||
"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main "
|
||||
"lines of expected changes."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:132
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with"
|
||||
" the changes related to the interface."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:135
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and "
|
||||
"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project "
|
||||
"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the "
|
||||
"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without "
|
||||
"verifying its veracity beforehand."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:141
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more "
|
||||
"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145
|
||||
msgid "Communication Strategy"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of "
|
||||
"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the "
|
||||
"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to "
|
||||
"follow those principles:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:152
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure "
|
||||
"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to "
|
||||
"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project "
|
||||
"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be "
|
||||
"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the"
|
||||
" manager are clearly defined."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:160
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both "
|
||||
"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation "
|
||||
"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168
|
||||
msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is "
|
||||
"reached;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:173
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177
|
||||
msgid "Customizations and Development"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:179
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution "
|
||||
"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast "
|
||||
"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be "
|
||||
"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis,"
|
||||
" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant "
|
||||
"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an"
|
||||
" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted "
|
||||
"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid "
|
||||
"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties."
|
||||
" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development "
|
||||
"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see "
|
||||
"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:196
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to "
|
||||
"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of"
|
||||
" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator"
|
||||
" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the "
|
||||
"business processes of the company."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204
|
||||
msgid "Testing and Validation principles"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:206
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to"
|
||||
" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational "
|
||||
"needs of the company."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible "
|
||||
"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the "
|
||||
"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the "
|
||||
"requirements of the operational reality."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:216
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the "
|
||||
"noted gap is caused by:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is "
|
||||
"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:223
|
||||
msgid "**or**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:225
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational "
|
||||
"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:229
|
||||
msgid "Data Imports"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must "
|
||||
"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, "
|
||||
"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, "
|
||||
"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, "
|
||||
"it will be decided :"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, "
|
||||
"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, "
|
||||
"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When "
|
||||
"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, "
|
||||
"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information "
|
||||
"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the"
|
||||
" import will be made before the production launch."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be "
|
||||
"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these "
|
||||
"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the "
|
||||
"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:256
|
||||
msgid "Support"
|
||||
msgstr "Support"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your "
|
||||
"questions or technical issues."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:261
|
||||
msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1,878 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Pernille Kristensen <pernillekristensen1994@gmail.com>, 2020
|
||||
# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020
|
||||
# lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2020
|
||||
# Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2020
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2021
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Helpdesk"
|
||||
msgstr "Helpdesk"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Advanced"
|
||||
msgstr "Avanceret"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "After Sales Features"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team "
|
||||
"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is "
|
||||
"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage"
|
||||
" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite "
|
||||
"interventions from a ticket’s page."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Set up the after sales services"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and "
|
||||
"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and "
|
||||
"Onsite Interventions*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets"
|
||||
msgstr "Generér kreditnotaer fra sager"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For"
|
||||
" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the "
|
||||
"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and "
|
||||
"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30
|
||||
msgid "Allow product returns from tickets"
|
||||
msgstr "Tillad produktreturneringer fra sager"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is"
|
||||
" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39
|
||||
msgid "Grant coupons from tickets"
|
||||
msgstr "Overræk kuponer fra sager"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or "
|
||||
"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on "
|
||||
"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48
|
||||
msgid "Repairs from tickets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is"
|
||||
" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57
|
||||
msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite "
|
||||
"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* "
|
||||
"application."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-"
|
||||
"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:68
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/repair/repair`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize "
|
||||
"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes"
|
||||
" communication and actions more efficient."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Configure the feature"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> "
|
||||
"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is "
|
||||
"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For "
|
||||
"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` "
|
||||
"and enable *Closing Stage*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the "
|
||||
"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the "
|
||||
"ticket is put in the first one."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36
|
||||
msgid "The Costumer Portal"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is "
|
||||
"available."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45
|
||||
msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add "
|
||||
"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Overview"
|
||||
msgstr "Oversigt"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Forum and eLearning"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "Forum"
|
||||
msgstr "Forum"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer "
|
||||
"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more "
|
||||
"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details"
|
||||
" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and "
|
||||
"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your "
|
||||
"community!)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Set up"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and "
|
||||
"enable *Help Center*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing "
|
||||
"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only "
|
||||
"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are "
|
||||
"allowed per question."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of "
|
||||
"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on "
|
||||
"the ticket's page."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45
|
||||
msgid "eLearning"
|
||||
msgstr "eLearning"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your "
|
||||
"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost"
|
||||
" efficiency as they can also find their answers there."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and "
|
||||
"enable *eLearning*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by "
|
||||
"clicking on *Unpublished*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View "
|
||||
"Course*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73
|
||||
msgid "Todo"
|
||||
msgstr "To Do"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE "
|
||||
"AVAILABLE!"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Getting Started"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they"
|
||||
" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful "
|
||||
"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline,"
|
||||
" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Set up teams"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration "
|
||||
"--> Helpdesk Teams`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels "
|
||||
"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, "
|
||||
"accounting, admin, etc.)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get "
|
||||
"redirected to the right person:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage "
|
||||
"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. "
|
||||
"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens "
|
||||
"automatically;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of "
|
||||
"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure "
|
||||
"that all tickets get to be taken care of."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team "
|
||||
"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include "
|
||||
"all employees (with the proper access rights)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access "
|
||||
"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only "
|
||||
"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees "
|
||||
"(with the proper access rights)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46
|
||||
msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> "
|
||||
"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams "
|
||||
"to use certain stages under *Team*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt "
|
||||
"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and "
|
||||
"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../general/odoo_basics/add_user`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Ratings"
|
||||
msgstr "Bedømmelser"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to "
|
||||
"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence"
|
||||
" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve"
|
||||
" the quality of your services."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and "
|
||||
"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email "
|
||||
"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to "
|
||||
"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit"
|
||||
" Stage*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, "
|
||||
"an email is sent to the customer."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Ratings can be seen on the chatter of each ticket, under the *See Customer "
|
||||
"Satisfaction* link on the main dashboard, and through *Reporting*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39
|
||||
msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and "
|
||||
"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk"
|
||||
" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../portal/my_odoo_portal`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:52
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Start Receiving Tickets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you "
|
||||
"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves."
|
||||
" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it "
|
||||
"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Channels options to submit tickets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and "
|
||||
"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your "
|
||||
"users."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "Email Alias"
|
||||
msgstr "E-mail alias"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email "
|
||||
"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and "
|
||||
"the content is shown in the Chatter."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from "
|
||||
"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias "
|
||||
"Domain*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo "
|
||||
"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email "
|
||||
"server."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39
|
||||
msgid "Website Form"
|
||||
msgstr "Websiteformular"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your "
|
||||
"website."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on"
|
||||
" *Go to Website*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by "
|
||||
"clicking on *Unpublished*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56
|
||||
msgid "Live Chat"
|
||||
msgstr "Live Chat"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can "
|
||||
"be instantly created and redirected to the right person."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* "
|
||||
"- and :doc:`set up your channel <../../livechat/overview/get_started>`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command "
|
||||
"<../../livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk (subject_of_ticket)*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72
|
||||
msgid "Prioritize tickets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the"
|
||||
" top of your list on the Kanban view."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77
|
||||
msgid "1 star = *Low priority*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78
|
||||
msgid "2 stars = *High priority*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79
|
||||
msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`sla`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Reports for a Better Support"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting "
|
||||
"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, "
|
||||
"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s "
|
||||
"expectations."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Cases"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the "
|
||||
"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous "
|
||||
"Period* or a *Previous Year*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order "
|
||||
"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how"
|
||||
" many requests they are able to handle."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and "
|
||||
"ticket type."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close "
|
||||
"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want "
|
||||
"their issues to be handled quickly."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48
|
||||
msgid "Save filters"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every"
|
||||
" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures "
|
||||
"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers "
|
||||
"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and "
|
||||
"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, "
|
||||
"and when."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Create your policies"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like "
|
||||
"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration "
|
||||
"--> Helpdesk Teams`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**"
|
||||
" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to"
|
||||
" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a "
|
||||
"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If "
|
||||
"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all"
|
||||
" SLAs is the one considered."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and "
|
||||
"the deadline field is not shown anymore."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37
|
||||
msgid "SLA Analysis"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply"
|
||||
" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and"
|
||||
" keep track of upcoming deadlines."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Timesheet and Invoice"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales "
|
||||
"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, "
|
||||
"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the "
|
||||
"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your "
|
||||
"customer needs."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create"
|
||||
" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time "
|
||||
"Reinvoicing*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created"
|
||||
" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be "
|
||||
"ultimately modified on each ticket."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "Step 2: Set up a service"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable "
|
||||
"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as "
|
||||
"the unit of measure of your service."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit"
|
||||
" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the "
|
||||
"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of "
|
||||
"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours "
|
||||
"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales"
|
||||
" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, "
|
||||
"automating the process."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow "
|
||||
"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs "
|
||||
"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the "
|
||||
"time spent on a ticket."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58
|
||||
msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61
|
||||
msgid "Step 1: Place an order"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the "
|
||||
"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who "
|
||||
"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the "
|
||||
"customer and *Confirm* the order."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72
|
||||
msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74
|
||||
msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82
|
||||
msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the "
|
||||
"task created by the confirmation of the sales order."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92
|
||||
msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under "
|
||||
"the *Timesheets* tab."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*"
|
||||
" column in the sales order."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on "
|
||||
"the dedicated task."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/management/products/uom`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets "
|
||||
"into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more "
|
||||
"control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Configuration"
|
||||
msgstr "Konfiguration"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`"
|
||||
" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and "
|
||||
"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable "
|
||||
"the feature *Bill from tasks*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under"
|
||||
" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
@ -17,10 +17,6 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../index.rst:7 ../../index.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Index"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../index.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Odoo User Documentation"
|
||||
#: ../../content/index.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Odoo Documentation"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
7621
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po
Normal file
7621
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -1,800 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Mads Søndergaard, 2020
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
|
||||
# Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2020
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)"
|
||||
msgstr "Internet of Things (IoT)"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Configuration"
|
||||
msgstr "Konfiguration"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "Ethernet Connection"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables"
|
||||
" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:26
|
||||
msgid "Power on the IoT Box."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the "
|
||||
"IoT Box."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:32
|
||||
msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection "
|
||||
"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the"
|
||||
" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:40
|
||||
msgid "WiFi Connection"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:42
|
||||
msgid "Power on the IoT Box"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "Copy the token"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable "
|
||||
"plugged in your computer)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect "
|
||||
"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) "
|
||||
"and paste the token, then click on next."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:60
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token "
|
||||
"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-"
|
||||
"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become "
|
||||
"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:66
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if "
|
||||
"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being "
|
||||
"redirected to your database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:72
|
||||
msgid "You should now see the IoT Box."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:78
|
||||
msgid "IoT Box Schema"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Flashing your SD Card"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from"
|
||||
" our latest updates."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. "
|
||||
"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade "
|
||||
"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself "
|
||||
"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the "
|
||||
"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "Upgrade with Etcher"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__. "
|
||||
"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install "
|
||||
"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly "
|
||||
"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/iotbox/>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just "
|
||||
"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. "
|
||||
"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Prerequisites"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps "
|
||||
"installed"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash "
|
||||
"drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of "
|
||||
"supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/point-of-sale-hardware>`__"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:30
|
||||
msgid "Set Up"
|
||||
msgstr "Indstil"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to "
|
||||
"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation <connect>`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:36
|
||||
msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the "
|
||||
"network and power it on."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an "
|
||||
"RJ25 cable."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode"
|
||||
" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character "
|
||||
"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode "
|
||||
"scanner."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:49
|
||||
msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:51
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. "
|
||||
"You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by "
|
||||
"accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:56
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please"
|
||||
" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation "
|
||||
"<../../point_of_sale/payment>`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:60
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and"
|
||||
" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:68
|
||||
msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Troubleshooting"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "IoT Box Connection"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT "
|
||||
"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16
|
||||
msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's "
|
||||
"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or "
|
||||
"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will"
|
||||
" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see "
|
||||
":doc:`Flashing your SD Card <flash_sdcard>`)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box "
|
||||
"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to"
|
||||
" the micro-USB port."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if "
|
||||
"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your "
|
||||
"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that "
|
||||
"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't "
|
||||
"use a multi-database environment."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42
|
||||
msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on"
|
||||
" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local "
|
||||
"network."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49
|
||||
msgid "Printer"
|
||||
msgstr "Printer"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52
|
||||
msgid "My printer is not detected"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT "
|
||||
"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers "
|
||||
"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you "
|
||||
"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66
|
||||
msgid "My printer outputs random text"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and "
|
||||
"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might "
|
||||
"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random "
|
||||
"characters."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box "
|
||||
"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select "
|
||||
"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify "
|
||||
"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to "
|
||||
"your printer."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a "
|
||||
"driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88
|
||||
msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is "
|
||||
"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, "
|
||||
"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by "
|
||||
"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer "
|
||||
"mode and look for the corresponding template."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97
|
||||
msgid "Barcode Scanner"
|
||||
msgstr "Stregkode scanner"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100
|
||||
msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. "
|
||||
"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode "
|
||||
"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device "
|
||||
"and select the correct one."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108
|
||||
msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale "
|
||||
"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character"
|
||||
" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115
|
||||
msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode "
|
||||
"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the "
|
||||
"IoT Box."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and "
|
||||
"activating the *Is scanner* option."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128
|
||||
msgid "Cashdrawer"
|
||||
msgstr "Åbn kasseapparatet"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131
|
||||
msgid "The cashdrawer does not open"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* "
|
||||
"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Devices"
|
||||
msgstr "Enheder"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Connect a Camera"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can"
|
||||
" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you "
|
||||
"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. "
|
||||
"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality "
|
||||
"control point."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:12 ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Connection"
|
||||
msgstr "Forbindelse"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-"
|
||||
"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as "
|
||||
"soon as it is connected."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:28 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34
|
||||
msgid "With the Manufacturing app"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control "
|
||||
"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open "
|
||||
"the control point you want to link with the camera."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown "
|
||||
"list. Now, hit save."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the "
|
||||
"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before"
|
||||
" will allow you to take a picture."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Connect a Footswitch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using "
|
||||
"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform "
|
||||
"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be "
|
||||
"configured in a few steps."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect"
|
||||
" the two by cable."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-"
|
||||
"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be "
|
||||
"automatically detected when connected."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26
|
||||
msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a "
|
||||
"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add "
|
||||
"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and"
|
||||
" also add a key to trigger it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order "
|
||||
"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, "
|
||||
"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are "
|
||||
"correctly connected to the footswitch."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your "
|
||||
"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Connect in USB"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, "
|
||||
"and the device should appear in your Odoo database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "Connect in Bluetooth"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further "
|
||||
"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the "
|
||||
"device."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control "
|
||||
"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* "
|
||||
"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown "
|
||||
"list. Then, hit save."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The "
|
||||
"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated "
|
||||
"while the tool is being used."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Connect a Printer"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so"
|
||||
" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use "
|
||||
"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. "
|
||||
"`Supported printers <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__ will be "
|
||||
"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT "
|
||||
"app."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24
|
||||
msgid "Link the Printer"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:27
|
||||
msgid "To Work Orders"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to "
|
||||
"print labels for manufactured products."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* "
|
||||
"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work "
|
||||
"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a"
|
||||
" *Print Label* button will appear."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:47
|
||||
msgid "To Reports"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, "
|
||||
"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:56
|
||||
msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check"
|
||||
" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on "
|
||||
"select and save."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:68
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of "
|
||||
"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically"
|
||||
" print it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:73
|
||||
msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:75
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts"
|
||||
" directly from your *PoS*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:78
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point"
|
||||
" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check "
|
||||
"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the "
|
||||
"dropdown."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: "
|
||||
"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:89
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated "
|
||||
"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:92
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar "
|
||||
"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the "
|
||||
"current day."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:99
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant"
|
||||
" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the "
|
||||
"left panel of the *PoS*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:107
|
||||
msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:109
|
||||
msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick "
|
||||
"*Order Printer*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:117
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the "
|
||||
"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the "
|
||||
"categories of products that should be printed on this printer."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:124
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected "
|
||||
"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT "
|
||||
"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1,275 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Pernille Kristensen <pernillekristensen1994@gmail.com>, 2020
|
||||
# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020
|
||||
# Ejner Sønniksen <ejner@vkdata.dk>, 2020
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Ejner Sønniksen <ejner@vkdata.dk>, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Overview"
|
||||
msgstr "Oversigt"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Get Started with Live Chat"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It "
|
||||
"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers"
|
||||
" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: "
|
||||
"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Set up"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created "
|
||||
"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to"
|
||||
" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
|
||||
"Live Chat`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27
|
||||
msgid "For both scenarios, under:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as "
|
||||
"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in "
|
||||
"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an "
|
||||
"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is "
|
||||
"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. "
|
||||
"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after "
|
||||
"users (from any country) land on the contact us page."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s "
|
||||
"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. "
|
||||
"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48
|
||||
msgid "External options"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added"
|
||||
" to your own, under the *Widget* tab."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a "
|
||||
"single live chat page."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59
|
||||
msgid "Managing chat requests"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are "
|
||||
"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in"
|
||||
" Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online "
|
||||
"operators."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72
|
||||
msgid "Leave or join a channel"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your "
|
||||
"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`ratings`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`responses`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Ratings"
|
||||
msgstr "Bedømmelser"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you "
|
||||
"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your "
|
||||
"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Customer Rating"
|
||||
msgstr "Kundevurdering"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing "
|
||||
"for an explanation is shown."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35
|
||||
msgid "Make the rating public"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your "
|
||||
"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the "
|
||||
"rating of that channel on your website."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Commands and Canned Responses"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-"
|
||||
"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Use commands"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "**/help**: shows a help message."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:16
|
||||
msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:17
|
||||
msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your "
|
||||
"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> "
|
||||
"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut "
|
||||
"link."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as"
|
||||
" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:37
|
||||
msgid "Send canned responses"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when "
|
||||
"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat "
|
||||
"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the "
|
||||
"shortcut word you created."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
570
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po
Normal file
570
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,570 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2021
|
||||
# Pernille Kristensen <pernillekristensen1994@gmail.com>, 2021
|
||||
# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2021
|
||||
# Mads Søndergaard, 2021
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2021\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Marketing"
|
||||
msgstr "Markedsføring"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Marketing Automation"
|
||||
msgstr "Marketing automatisering"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Advanced"
|
||||
msgstr "Avanceret"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Understanding Metrics"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way "
|
||||
"of linking your employees to goals."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics"
|
||||
" in a graph form and in numbers."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Let’s consider the example below:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down"
|
||||
" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an"
|
||||
" email address set."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they "
|
||||
"have matched the criteria."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will"
|
||||
" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or "
|
||||
"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in "
|
||||
"the meantime will be excluded from later activities."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, "
|
||||
"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - "
|
||||
"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants,"
|
||||
" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as "
|
||||
"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number "
|
||||
"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under "
|
||||
"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be"
|
||||
" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its "
|
||||
"domain one."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number "
|
||||
"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match"
|
||||
" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to "
|
||||
"the total number of participants."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to "
|
||||
"*Rejected*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected "
|
||||
"participants, per day, for the last 15 days."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be "
|
||||
"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from "
|
||||
"the beginning (parent action)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "SMS Marketing"
|
||||
msgstr "SMS Marketing"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Pricing and FAQ"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires "
|
||||
"prepaid credits* to work."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message,"
|
||||
" that includes the following characters:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in "
|
||||
"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above"
|
||||
" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the "
|
||||
"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The "
|
||||
"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message "
|
||||
"represents."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34
|
||||
msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of "
|
||||
"characters) of the message."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https"
|
||||
"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in "
|
||||
"your database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49
|
||||
msgid "How do I buy credits?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50
|
||||
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57
|
||||
msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you "
|
||||
"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70
|
||||
msgid "More common questions"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72
|
||||
msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74
|
||||
msgid "No, credits do not expire."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because "
|
||||
"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80
|
||||
msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83
|
||||
msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85
|
||||
msgid "Yes."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88
|
||||
msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90
|
||||
msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to "
|
||||
"send them all?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent "
|
||||
"until you have enough credits to send them all."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99
|
||||
msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding "
|
||||
"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on "
|
||||
":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode/activate>` under "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107
|
||||
msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109
|
||||
msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I "
|
||||
"lose credits?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). "
|
||||
"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the "
|
||||
"credit will be lost."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a"
|
||||
" ticket for a festival)?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be "
|
||||
"charged."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125
|
||||
msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128
|
||||
msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:132
|
||||
msgid "**Can I use my own SMS provider?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:134
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Yes, but it is not possible out of the box. Our experts can help you "
|
||||
"customize your database to make it happen. Please, check our success packs "
|
||||
"`here <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Survey"
|
||||
msgstr "Undersøgelse"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Overview"
|
||||
msgstr "Oversigt"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Get Started with Surveys"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting "
|
||||
"customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased "
|
||||
"customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy"
|
||||
" and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your "
|
||||
"market is thinking."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Get started"
|
||||
msgstr "Kom igang"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* "
|
||||
"field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as "
|
||||
"different applications might use it for different purposes such as "
|
||||
"recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "Tab: Questions"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:24
|
||||
msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and "
|
||||
"the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and "
|
||||
"set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey "
|
||||
"without answering the respective question."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and "
|
||||
"different possibilities. Examples:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length "
|
||||
"(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or"
|
||||
" a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the"
|
||||
" user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately "
|
||||
"recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, "
|
||||
"with which a text type field is displayed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per "
|
||||
"row."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "Tab: Description"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's "
|
||||
"homepage."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:53
|
||||
msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:56
|
||||
msgid "Tab: Options"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing "
|
||||
"*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* "
|
||||
"becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:67
|
||||
msgid "Test and share the survey"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:70
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential "
|
||||
"errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the "
|
||||
"details of the respondent and his answers."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:72
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of "
|
||||
"entries clean with only real participants."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:79
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Another way to access detailed answers is by going to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:80
|
||||
msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:87
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`scoring`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:88
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`time_random`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Scoring Surveys"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To measure your respondent’s performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall"
|
||||
" satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The "
|
||||
"points are summed up to give your respondent a final score."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On your survey’s form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab "
|
||||
"*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring "
|
||||
"without answers at the end*. Now, on your question’s form, set the right "
|
||||
"answer and score."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully "
|
||||
"taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The "
|
||||
"certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully "
|
||||
"finish it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to "
|
||||
"the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors "
|
||||
"of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted "
|
||||
"badges."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Time and Randomize Questions"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "Time Limit"
|
||||
msgstr "Tidsbegrænsning"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain "
|
||||
"period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same "
|
||||
"amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them"
|
||||
" looking at external resources."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining "
|
||||
"time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers"
|
||||
" saved."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "Selection"
|
||||
msgstr "Udvælgelse"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a"
|
||||
" random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful"
|
||||
" to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, "
|
||||
"under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section "
|
||||
"should be taken into account during the shuffling."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1,378 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
|
||||
# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020
|
||||
# Mads Søndergaard, 2020
|
||||
# Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2020
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Marketing Automation"
|
||||
msgstr "Marketing automatisering"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Advanced"
|
||||
msgstr "Avanceret"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Understanding Metrics"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way "
|
||||
"of linking your employees to goals."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics"
|
||||
" in a graph form and in numbers."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Let’s consider the example below:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down"
|
||||
" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an"
|
||||
" email address set."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they "
|
||||
"have matched the criteria."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will"
|
||||
" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or "
|
||||
"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in "
|
||||
"the meantime will be excluded from later activities."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, "
|
||||
"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - "
|
||||
"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants,"
|
||||
" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as "
|
||||
"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number "
|
||||
"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under "
|
||||
"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be"
|
||||
" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its "
|
||||
"domain one."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number "
|
||||
"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match"
|
||||
" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to "
|
||||
"the total number of participants."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to "
|
||||
"*Rejected*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected "
|
||||
"participants, per day, for the last 15 days."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be "
|
||||
"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from "
|
||||
"the beginning (parent action)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Overview"
|
||||
msgstr "Oversigt"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-"
|
||||
"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, "
|
||||
"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and "
|
||||
"creates a seamless experience for employees."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Segment and create a campaign"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully "
|
||||
"integrated with *Contacts*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are "
|
||||
"installed in your database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the "
|
||||
"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the "
|
||||
"criteria will be added to the workflow."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at "
|
||||
"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign "
|
||||
"will stop running."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30
|
||||
msgid "Click on *Add new activity*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being "
|
||||
"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters "
|
||||
"for this specific activity."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47
|
||||
msgid "Add Child Activities"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the "
|
||||
"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked "
|
||||
"or not, the email bounced back."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`segment`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Segment the Database with Filters"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4
|
||||
msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "How to work with filters"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow"
|
||||
" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables "
|
||||
"within it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is "
|
||||
"called a *branch* (...)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the "
|
||||
"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one"
|
||||
" rule or the other."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32
|
||||
msgid "Use cases"
|
||||
msgstr "Brugstilfælde"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39
|
||||
msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag "
|
||||
"name."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event "
|
||||
"that purchase a specific category of ticket."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55
|
||||
msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket "
|
||||
"solved."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow "
|
||||
"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding "
|
||||
"mistakes."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "Launch a test"
|
||||
msgstr "Påbegynd en test"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Click on *Launch a test*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the "
|
||||
"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop"
|
||||
" the whole workflow click on *Stop*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not "
|
||||
"introducing wrong inputs to reports."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27
|
||||
msgid "Start and stop a workflow"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The "
|
||||
"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will"
|
||||
" be shown on the status bar."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38
|
||||
msgid "Participants and their specific workflow"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the "
|
||||
"campaign."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific"
|
||||
" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the "
|
||||
"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on "
|
||||
"*Cancel*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
|
||||
# Mads Søndergaard, 2020
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Mobile"
|
||||
msgstr "Mobil"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "Push Notifications"
|
||||
msgstr "Push notifikationer"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to "
|
||||
"enable push notifications in the mobile app."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud "
|
||||
"Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1,158 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
|
||||
# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020
|
||||
# Mads Søndergaard, 2020
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Planning"
|
||||
msgstr "Planlægning"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Overview"
|
||||
msgstr "Oversigt"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Create a Schedule and Make Encoding Easier"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Organize regular schedules or forecast projects in a long term basis. Create"
|
||||
" shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized at a high"
|
||||
" level."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Organize your team by roles"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Roles --> Create`. Optionally, go to"
|
||||
" the *Employees* application, select the respective employee, and under "
|
||||
"*Work Information* select the *Default Planning Role*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Make shifts recurrent"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"While creating a shift, select *Repeat* and configure as needed, saving you "
|
||||
"from the need of re-planning it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Repeated shifts are generated for the next six months. A modification is "
|
||||
"possible in :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, "
|
||||
"from *Settings*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:38
|
||||
msgid "To duplicate a shift in the Gantt view, press CTRL + drag and drop."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:41
|
||||
msgid "Save shifts as templates"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If creating a shift on the fly and know you might use that template in the "
|
||||
"future, click on *Save as a Template*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To create a template in advance, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||||
"Shifts Templates --> Create`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:55
|
||||
msgid "Duplicate a planning from the previous week"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:57
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When in the Gantt view, either under *Schedule by Employee, Role or "
|
||||
"Project*, instead of re-planning shifts that have been planned before, "
|
||||
"simply click on *Copy Previous Week*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The integration with the *Time off* and *Employee* applications, show you "
|
||||
"grayed cells to the days when the employee does not work and is on vacation "
|
||||
"time, for example."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Send Planned Shifts and Give Employees Autonomy Over Shifts"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, losing"
|
||||
" productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts helps you "
|
||||
"to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Publish and send the planned week by email"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once you have your shifts planned, click on *Send Schedule*. Select *Include"
|
||||
" Open shift* if you would like the *Unassigned* shifts to be seen."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Choose if you just want to *Publish* or *Publish and Send*. If you *Publish "
|
||||
"and Send*, employees get an email that redirects them to their planned "
|
||||
"tasks:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Employees will not be able to see shifts until they have been published."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Let employees unassign themselves from shifts"
|
||||
msgstr "Lad medarbejdere fraskrive dem selv fra vagter"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to *Configuration* and enable *Allow Unassignment*. From now on, when an "
|
||||
"employee opens his tasks, he can indicate his unavailability clicking on *I "
|
||||
"am unavailable*. The shift will be opened again, allowing someone else to "
|
||||
"take it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "Employees have portal access; users have access to the database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -1,191 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
|
||||
# Kenneth Hansen <kenneth@vkdata.dk>, 2020
|
||||
# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6 ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "My Odoo Portal"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between "
|
||||
"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and "
|
||||
"subscriptions."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to "
|
||||
"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`_. If you are already logged in, just "
|
||||
"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:23
|
||||
msgid "Quotations"
|
||||
msgstr "Tilbud"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a "
|
||||
"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to "
|
||||
"your database or if your contract has to be renewed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is "
|
||||
"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on "
|
||||
"the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the "
|
||||
"pricing and other useful information."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the "
|
||||
"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask"
|
||||
" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "Sales Orders"
|
||||
msgstr "Salgsordre"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be"
|
||||
" registered under this section."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:52
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products "
|
||||
"purchased and process the payment."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:56
|
||||
msgid "Invoices"
|
||||
msgstr "Fakturaer"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in "
|
||||
"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has"
|
||||
" been paid."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the "
|
||||
"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:69
|
||||
msgid "Tickets"
|
||||
msgstr "Supportsager"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`,"
|
||||
" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have "
|
||||
"opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and "
|
||||
"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79
|
||||
msgid "Subscriptions"
|
||||
msgstr "Abonnementer"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:81
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first "
|
||||
"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:87
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding "
|
||||
"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, "
|
||||
"and the payment method."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:91
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter "
|
||||
"the new credit card details."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:97
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by "
|
||||
"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click"
|
||||
" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:105
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided"
|
||||
" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will "
|
||||
"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method "
|
||||
"of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will "
|
||||
"no longer be able to access the database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:111
|
||||
msgid "Success Packs"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:112
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to "
|
||||
"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution "
|
||||
"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These "
|
||||
"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:118
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you need information about how to manage your database see "
|
||||
":ref:`db_online`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:121
|
||||
msgid "Delete your Odoo.com account"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:123
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In order to delete your Odoo.com account, you have to reach out to our "
|
||||
"`Support Services <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:126
|
||||
msgid "If you want to delete one of your databases, see :ref:`db_online`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:129
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you wish instead to formally request the deletion of all the information "
|
||||
"connected to your email address as per the European Union General Data "
|
||||
"Protection Regulation (GDPR), please send an email to privacy@odoo.com."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../practical.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Practical Information"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
2574
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po
Normal file
2574
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -1,144 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Project"
|
||||
msgstr "Projekt"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/planning.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Planning"
|
||||
msgstr "Planlægning"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Forecast Resources Across Projects"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Allocate the needed time for specific tasks under a planned shift. Once that"
|
||||
" is done, analyse Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), so you can evaluate "
|
||||
"your employees’ performance and workload, besides the progress of your "
|
||||
"projects/tasks when comparing the planned and effective hours."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Allocate times under shifts"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When planning a shift, in the *Planning* application, create a project and a"
|
||||
" task on the fly, or simply select the one you want."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Allocated Time (%)* allows you to define the percentage of time you would "
|
||||
"like your employee to work on that specific task during his shift. See that "
|
||||
"information in hours on *Allocated hours*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The calculation shows you how many hours out of the total shift time (*End "
|
||||
"date* - *Start date*) are spent by the employee on that task."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On :menuselection:`Project --> Planning --> By Project`, immediately see the"
|
||||
" total number of employees allocated per project."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "Compare forecast hours with the effective ones"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, once the employee has timesheeted his hours in the task, go to "
|
||||
"*Project* and with the *View list*, under *All Tasks*, conveniently see the "
|
||||
"*Planned Hours* compared to the *Remaining Hours*, and a calculation of the "
|
||||
"*Progress*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:42
|
||||
msgid "Reminder: the option *Timesheets* has to be enabled on your project."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/tasks.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Tasks"
|
||||
msgstr "Opgaver"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of "
|
||||
"their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link "
|
||||
"that address to your project and transform those conversations into "
|
||||
"structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a "
|
||||
"project."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Set up an incoming email server"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define "
|
||||
"the incoming email alias you would like to use."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "**For more information**: :doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "Configure the email alias in your project"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the "
|
||||
"*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive"
|
||||
" a message."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23
|
||||
msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as "
|
||||
"followers of the task."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32
|
||||
msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1,885 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Morten Schou <ms@msteknik.dk>, 2020
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2021
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-11 09:05+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Purchase"
|
||||
msgstr "Indkøb"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Advanced"
|
||||
msgstr "Avanceret"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to "
|
||||
"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to "
|
||||
"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if "
|
||||
"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you "
|
||||
"negotiate discounts on prices."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Generate customized reports"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the "
|
||||
"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual "
|
||||
"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart "
|
||||
"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it,"
|
||||
" key metrics and a pivot table."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and "
|
||||
"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26
|
||||
msgid "Use filters to select the data you need"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on "
|
||||
"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the "
|
||||
"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates "
|
||||
"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured "
|
||||
"filters are:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35
|
||||
msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the "
|
||||
"previous year, canceled purchase orders included"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases "
|
||||
"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, "
|
||||
"depending on their date of confirmation"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at "
|
||||
"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*"
|
||||
" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you"
|
||||
" filtered with the previous one."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59
|
||||
msgid "Add custom filters"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your"
|
||||
" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the "
|
||||
"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and "
|
||||
"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions "
|
||||
"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom "
|
||||
"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and "
|
||||
"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired "
|
||||
"filtering options, click on *Apply*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking"
|
||||
" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The "
|
||||
"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or "
|
||||
"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80
|
||||
msgid "Measure exactly what you need"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you "
|
||||
"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard "
|
||||
"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to "
|
||||
"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at "
|
||||
"the top right of the dashboard."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92
|
||||
msgid "Visualize your data"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the "
|
||||
"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, "
|
||||
"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using"
|
||||
" one or several of the 19 *Groups*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first "
|
||||
"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds "
|
||||
"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked "
|
||||
"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are "
|
||||
"displayed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108
|
||||
msgid "Explore your data"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. "
|
||||
"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures "
|
||||
"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the "
|
||||
"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new "
|
||||
"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add "
|
||||
"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and"
|
||||
" so on."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or "
|
||||
"export it as an Excel file."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Manage deals"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Purchase agreements: blanket orders and calls for tenders"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"There are two main types of purchase agreements preconfigured in Odoo: "
|
||||
"blanket orders and call for tenders."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Blanket orders are long-term agreements between a company and a vendor to "
|
||||
"deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Your "
|
||||
"company should consider using them when you frequently purchase the same "
|
||||
"products from the same vendor in varying quantities and/or at different "
|
||||
"times. Among their many benefits, you can save time as the ordering process "
|
||||
"is simplified, and money thanks to more advantageous bulk pricing."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Calls for tenders use a special procedure to request offers from multiple "
|
||||
"vendors at the same time. While public sector organizations are often "
|
||||
"legally bound to release calls for tenders when they want to purchase goods "
|
||||
"or services, private organizations can also use them to get the best deal "
|
||||
"among several vendors."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Enable purchase agreements"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"From the Purchase app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and"
|
||||
" activate *Purchase Agreements*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:30
|
||||
msgid "Configure or create new types of purchase agreements"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Before you start using purchase agreements, make sure they are configured "
|
||||
"the way you want by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Purchase "
|
||||
"Agreement Types`. From there, you can edit the way blanket orders and calls "
|
||||
"for tenders or *Create* a new type of purchase agreement. You can configure "
|
||||
"the:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:37
|
||||
msgid "Agreement Type: the name you want to give to the agreement."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Agreement Selection Type: you can either select multiple offers using "
|
||||
"*Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)*, which is the default setting for both"
|
||||
" blanket orders and calls for tenders, or a single offer using *Select only "
|
||||
"one RFQ (exclusive)*, which is sometimes needed for calls for tenders where "
|
||||
"you only want to select a single vendor."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:44
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Lines: generally, you would always want to select *Use lines of agreement*, "
|
||||
"which are the different product lines you can configure when you set up your"
|
||||
" purchase agreement. However, you can select *Do not create RfQ lines "
|
||||
"automatically* if you don't want your requests for quotations to be pre-"
|
||||
"filled in with that information."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Quantities: if you use lines of agreements, you can also specify "
|
||||
"independently if the products' quantities should be used to pre-fill new "
|
||||
"requests for quotations. The default option for blanket orders is *Set "
|
||||
"quantities manually*, while for calls for tenders are set to *Use quantities"
|
||||
" of agreement*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:59
|
||||
msgid "Set up a blanket order"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*."
|
||||
" Select *Blanket Order* as your *Agreement Type*. Next, select the vendor. "
|
||||
"The other fields aren't mandatory, but you usually want to define an "
|
||||
"*Agreement Deadline* after which the blanket order won't be valid anymore."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Next, add the products you want to order and their price. Note that you can "
|
||||
"also add a *Quantity* for each product, for example, if you have agreed with"
|
||||
" your vendor to order a specific minimum quantity each time or in total. If "
|
||||
"you have configured your blanked order to *Set quantities manually*, this is"
|
||||
" only used for informational purposes."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:74
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the "
|
||||
"agreement. Once you are satisfied with your blanket order, click on "
|
||||
"*Confirm*. Its status then changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing* and it's ready "
|
||||
"to be used."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:79
|
||||
msgid "Create requests for quotation from the blanket order"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:81
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can now create new quotations from the blanket order whenever you need "
|
||||
"it by clicking on *New Quotation*. Odoo automatically fills in requests for "
|
||||
"quotation with the information initially defined when you set up the blanket"
|
||||
" order. Depending on the way you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*, "
|
||||
"product lines can also be pre-filled."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:86
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"From here, you can quickly view all the requests for quotations made under "
|
||||
"that blanket order by clicking on *RFQs/Orders*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:94
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* the usual way and then link it"
|
||||
" to an existing *Blanket Order*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:98
|
||||
msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:100
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Blanket orders can be used for :doc:`automated replenishment "
|
||||
"<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, as once a blanket order is confirmed,"
|
||||
" a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is"
|
||||
" in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:109
|
||||
msgid "Set up a call for tenders"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:111
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*."
|
||||
" Select *Call for Tenders* as your *Agreement Type*. The other fields aren't"
|
||||
" mandatory, but you can add the date you want to be delivered and set an "
|
||||
"agreement deadline. You usually don't want to select a vendor for calls for "
|
||||
"tenders as you are looking to get quotations from multiple vendors."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:116
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Next, add the products you want to order and in what quantity. For calls for"
|
||||
" tenders, you typically don't add a price, as the vendors should give you "
|
||||
"their best quote."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:119
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the "
|
||||
"agreement. Once you are ready, click on *Confirm*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:127
|
||||
msgid "Requests quotations from the call for tenders"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:129
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can now request new quotations from the call for tenders. Click on *New "
|
||||
"Quotation* and select one of your vendors you want to invite to the call for"
|
||||
" tenders. Product lines should also be pre-filled in, depending on how you "
|
||||
"configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*. Click on *Send by email* to send "
|
||||
"it to the vendor. Go back to the call for tenders and repeat this process "
|
||||
"for each vendor."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:139
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once you have sent a request for quotation to every vendor and receiving "
|
||||
"their quotes, click on *Validate* to proceed to the bid selection. Next, "
|
||||
"click on the RFQs/Orders smart button to view all your vendors' quotations."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:147
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Click on each request for quotation to add the price communicated by your "
|
||||
"vendors manually. When that's done, select the most advantageous offer and "
|
||||
"click on *Confirm Order*. This automatically closes the call for tenders. "
|
||||
"You can now proceed with the purchase order as you would for a regular one."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Control and know when vendor bills should be paid"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"With Odoo, you can define how your vendor bills are controlled. For each "
|
||||
"purchase order, you can decide when the related vendor bill should be paid: "
|
||||
"either before or after you have received your products. You can also check "
|
||||
"at a glance what is the billing status of each purchase order."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"With the 3-way matching feature, Odoo compares the information appearing on "
|
||||
"the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*, and lets you know"
|
||||
" if you should pay the bill. This way you can avoid paying incorrect or "
|
||||
"fraudulent vendor bills."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "Vendor bills default control policy"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As a first step, open your Purchase app and go to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to set the default bill control "
|
||||
"policy for all the products created onwards."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By selecting *On ordered quantities*, you can create a vendor bill as soon "
|
||||
"as you confirm an order. The quantities mentioned in the purchase order are "
|
||||
"used to generate the draft bill."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you choose *On received quantities* instead, you can only create one once"
|
||||
" you have at least received some of the products you have ordered. The "
|
||||
"quantities you have received are used to generate the draft bill. If you try"
|
||||
" to create one without having received any product, you get an error "
|
||||
"message."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36
|
||||
msgid "Change a specific product's control policy"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to modify a specific product's control policy, go to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, open it, click on *Edit* and go to "
|
||||
"the *Purchase tab*. There you can change a product's default bill control "
|
||||
"policy."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:47
|
||||
msgid "View a purchase order's billing status"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once you confirm an order, you can view its *Billing Status* by going to the"
|
||||
" *Other Information* tab."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:56
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Below you can find a list of the different *Billing Status*, and when they "
|
||||
"are displayed, depending on the products' bill control policy."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60
|
||||
msgid "**Billing status**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60
|
||||
msgid "**Conditions**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62
|
||||
msgid "*On received quantities*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62
|
||||
msgid "*On ordered quantities*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64
|
||||
msgid "*Nothing to Bill*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64
|
||||
msgid "PO confirmed; no products received"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64
|
||||
msgid "*(Not applicable)*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66
|
||||
msgid "*Waiting Bills*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66
|
||||
msgid "All/some products received; bill not created"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66
|
||||
msgid "PO confirmed"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68
|
||||
msgid "*Fully Billed*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68
|
||||
msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68
|
||||
msgid "Draft bill created"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72
|
||||
msgid "Determine when to pay with 3-way matching"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:74
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"First, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *3-way"
|
||||
" matching*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:81
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"3-way matching is intended to work with the bill control policy set to *On "
|
||||
"received quantities*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:84
|
||||
msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:86
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"With the feature activated, your vendor bills now display the *Should Be "
|
||||
"Paid* field under the *Other info* tab."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:93
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As you can't create a bill until you have received your products - and if "
|
||||
"you haven't received all of them, Odoo only includes the products you have "
|
||||
"received in the draft bill - the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Yes* "
|
||||
"when you create one."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you edit a draft bill to increase the billed quantity, change the price, "
|
||||
"or add other products, the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Exception*. It"
|
||||
" means Odoo notices the discrepancy, but that you might have a valid reason "
|
||||
"to have done so."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once the payment has been registered and mentions *Paid*, the *Should Be "
|
||||
"Paid* status is set to *No*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:109
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The *Should Be Paid* status is set automatically by Odoo. However, you can "
|
||||
"change the status manually when you are viewing a bill in edit mode."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Products"
|
||||
msgstr "Varer"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Don’t run out of stock with reordering rules"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To make sure you never run out of stock, you can define *Reordering Rules* "
|
||||
"on products. Thanks to them, Odoo can help you replenish your stock "
|
||||
"automatically when it reaches set quantities or whenever a sales order is "
|
||||
"created."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "You need to install the *Inventory app* to use reordering rules."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "Configure your storable product"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Open or create a product with its *Product Type* set to *Storable Product*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As you are purchasing this product from a vendor, go to the product's "
|
||||
"*Purchase tab* and add a vendor by clicking on *Add a line*. You can add "
|
||||
"multiple vendors, but make sure to order them correctly, since reordering "
|
||||
"rules always use the first vendor in a list. You can add a price, but it "
|
||||
"isn't necessary for the reordering rule to work. In addition, you can add a "
|
||||
"minimum quantity you must order to benefit from that price."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If the quantity Odoo has to reorder doesn't match the minimum quantity "
|
||||
"specified, Odoo selects the next vendor on your list. If you don't have "
|
||||
"another vendor on your list, the reordering rule won't work. For that "
|
||||
"purpose, you can add the same vendor multiple times with different prices "
|
||||
"for different quantities."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By default, a draft purchase order is created. However, if you have enabled "
|
||||
"*Purchase Agreements*, you can *Propose a call for tenders* instead as shown"
|
||||
" in the image above. For more information, see "
|
||||
":doc:`../manage_deals/agreements`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Next, make sure the correct route is selected under the Inventory tab of "
|
||||
"your product. If you created your product within the Purchase app, the *Buy*"
|
||||
" route is selected by default. If you are looking to dropship your product, "
|
||||
"select *Dropship*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:50
|
||||
msgid "Set up your reordering rule"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:52
|
||||
msgid "Open your product and click on the *Reordering Rules* button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once you are on the product's reordering rules page, click on *Create*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can access and create reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||||
"--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules` and from :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||||
"--> Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment view "
|
||||
"presents a summary of all the products that you might need to purchase to "
|
||||
"fulfill your sales orders. From there, you can ask Odoo with a single click "
|
||||
"to order a product once or automate all orders for that product, future "
|
||||
"orders included."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:68
|
||||
msgid "Define quantities"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:70
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can set a **minimum quantity** your stock should always have. Once set, "
|
||||
"if your stock goes below the minimum quantity, and if you selected the Buy "
|
||||
"route, a request for quotation is automatically generated to reach that "
|
||||
"minimum quantity, plus any additional quantity needed to fill in a sales "
|
||||
"order for example."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:75
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you set a **maximum quantity**, every time the product has to be "
|
||||
"replenished, enough products are reordered to reach the maximum quantity."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:78
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to order only the exact quantity needed to fill in a sales order"
|
||||
" for example, set both both the minimum and maximum quantity to **zero**. "
|
||||
"The quantity mentioned in the sales order is then used by the reordering "
|
||||
"rule."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:82
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also add a **quantity multiple** to only order products in batches "
|
||||
"of a certain quantity. Click on the optional columns drop-down menu, and "
|
||||
"select *Multiple Quantity* to show the column. Bear in mind that you might "
|
||||
"go over the maximum quantity you set if your rule includes a quantity "
|
||||
"multiple, as Odoo orders enough products to reach the maximum quantity and "
|
||||
"respect the set quantity multiple."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:92
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you selected multiple routes for the same product under its Inventory "
|
||||
"tab, make sure to select your *Preferred Route* on your reordering rule by "
|
||||
"clicking on the optional columns drop-down menu, adding the *Preferred "
|
||||
"Route* column, and selecting the right route."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different"
|
||||
" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion "
|
||||
"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to "
|
||||
"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your "
|
||||
"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Consider the following examples:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**."
|
||||
" However, your customers are European and use **liters**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces "
|
||||
"of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "Enable units of measure"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. "
|
||||
"Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:32
|
||||
msgid "Standard units of measure"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. "
|
||||
"Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: "
|
||||
"*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories "
|
||||
"(see next section)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the "
|
||||
"Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a "
|
||||
"product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*"
|
||||
" tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as "
|
||||
"for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of "
|
||||
"Measure* to be used for purchases."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in "
|
||||
"**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* "
|
||||
"(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase"
|
||||
" Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:56
|
||||
msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because "
|
||||
"the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate"
|
||||
" with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:62
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the "
|
||||
"form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, "
|
||||
"you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both"
|
||||
" units of measure."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:66
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure "
|
||||
"Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:73
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:76
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting"
|
||||
" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name"
|
||||
" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the"
|
||||
" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter "
|
||||
"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by "
|
||||
"Odoo is always a multiple of this value."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:82
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use "
|
||||
"fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:89
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might "
|
||||
"appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it "
|
||||
"might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower"
|
||||
" than 0.01, first :doc:`activate the Developer Mode "
|
||||
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> Decimal "
|
||||
"Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* accordingly. "
|
||||
"For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of 0.00001, set "
|
||||
"*Digits* to 5."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:96
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of"
|
||||
" measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or "
|
||||
"*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:100
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select "
|
||||
"*Smaller*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:102
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the "
|
||||
"second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater "
|
||||
"than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:106
|
||||
msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:112
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard "
|
||||
"units of measure."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1,469 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
|
||||
# Pernille Kristensen <pernillekristensen1994@gmail.com>, 2020
|
||||
# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020
|
||||
# Ejner Sønniksen <ejner@vkdata.dk>, 2020
|
||||
# lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2020
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Quality"
|
||||
msgstr "Kvalitet"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Alert"
|
||||
msgstr "Advarsel"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Manufacturing Order"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Speaking of manufacturing orders, you have two different situations to "
|
||||
"consider in Odoo. Those two will result in two different processes:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "You work with a simple manufacturing flow;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "You work with a complex manufacturing flow that includes routings."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "Simple manufacturing flow"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you work with simple manufacturing orders, the *Quality Alerts* will be "
|
||||
"launched from the manufacturing order itself. When manufacturing a product "
|
||||
"for which you need to process quality controls, a button *Quality Alert* "
|
||||
"will appear on the top of your manufacturing order."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By clicking on the button, you can specify the quality problem that arose "
|
||||
"during the process."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If one of the quality checks failed, the button will be highlighted on the "
|
||||
"document. If not, the button won’t be highlighted."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:36 ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:50
|
||||
msgid "Manufacturing Flow with Routings"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you work with routings defined on your manufacturing orders, the quality "
|
||||
"alerts will be launched directly from the work orders on which the quality "
|
||||
"checks took place."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Then, a button *Quality Alert* will be available from the work order view. "
|
||||
"When you click on the button, you can specify the quality problem that "
|
||||
"appeared during the process."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Transfer"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "Use the Quality Alert"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Every time you perform some *Quality Checks* on a transfer, a *Quality "
|
||||
"Alert* button appears. You can always use it. The button is automatically "
|
||||
"highlighted once you have a failed quality check for the transfer."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you click on that *Quality Alert* button, you can specify what was the "
|
||||
"problem with the product."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The *Quality Alert* that is created from the transfer can be found via the "
|
||||
"button appearing on the top right corner of the transfer."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also access all your *Quality Alerts* via the menu, accessible under"
|
||||
" *Control*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Checks"
|
||||
msgstr "Kontrolpunkter"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Manufacturing Orders"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"There are two different situations to consider and that will differ in Odoo "
|
||||
"processes:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "You work with simple manufacturing flows;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You work with complex manufacturing flows that are represented by the use of"
|
||||
" routings in Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "Simple Manufacturing Flow"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:16
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:53
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "Create the Quality Control Point"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. There, hit create. Make sure to"
|
||||
" select *Manufacturing* as operation and choose the type of quality check "
|
||||
"you want to perform."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:27
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:69
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:17
|
||||
msgid "Process the Quality Check"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been created, you can create a "
|
||||
"manufacturing order for your product. Now, and before marking the "
|
||||
"manufacturing as done, you can register the *Quality Checks*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once you have performed your quality checks, you can find them via the "
|
||||
"*Quality Checks* button available on the manufacturing order form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to access all your quality checks, you can do this by opening "
|
||||
"the quality checks menu, under quality control."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:55
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* app and "
|
||||
"go to :menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. Then, click on create. "
|
||||
"Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order "
|
||||
"operation on which the quality check should be performed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:64
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Choosing the work order operation is necessary if you want the quality "
|
||||
"checks to be performed in the work orders. After that, you can choose the "
|
||||
"type of quality check."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been configured, create a "
|
||||
"manufacturing order for your product. You have to plan it if you want to "
|
||||
"generate the necessary work orders."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:78
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, process the work order and your quality check will appear. In this "
|
||||
"example, the quality check requests to enter the serial number of the Table "
|
||||
"Top component."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Transfers"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* application. Then, "
|
||||
"go to :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points --> Create`. Now, "
|
||||
"you can define the quality control point you want to apply to a specific "
|
||||
"product. Don’t forget to select a transfer operation type."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Let’s say that we will receive a laptop. First, create a planned receipt for"
|
||||
" the product. Then, on the receipt, you will see a *Quality Checks* button "
|
||||
"that appears to proceed to the quality check you configured before."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By clicking on it, the instruction set on the quality control point will be "
|
||||
"displayed and will require the check value."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once the quality check is done, you can find it linked to the corresponding "
|
||||
"transfer and access it by clicking on the button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"But, if the quality check failed, the stat button will appear in red "
|
||||
"(instead of green) and Odoo will suggest you to create a *Quality Alert* by "
|
||||
"highlighting the corresponding button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The quality checks can also be found in the *Quality* application by opening"
|
||||
" the *Quality Checks* menu, under *Quality Control*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Control"
|
||||
msgstr "Kontrol"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Define Quality Control Points"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Quality is an important factor when it comes to products or services. "
|
||||
"Nowadays, quality has become the differentiating factor for all goods and "
|
||||
"services. It is vital for businesses to deliver products that meet or exceed"
|
||||
" expectations. It also helps minimize waste."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"That is why most manufacturers would not think of eliminating the quality "
|
||||
"control from their manufacturing process. After all, removing quality "
|
||||
"controls would dramatically increase the number of defective products that "
|
||||
"the company then has to rework or scrap."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Then, using business applications to ensure data quality is important. With "
|
||||
"Odoo insuring the rear, any major problem can be avoided before occurring!"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Quality Control Points"
|
||||
msgstr "Kvalitetskontrolpunkter"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To create a *Quality Control Point*, go to :menuselection:`Quality --> "
|
||||
"Quality Control --> Control Points`. Once there, define the product on which"
|
||||
" the quality control point should take place. The operation at which it "
|
||||
"takes place also is to be defined here."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The *Quality Control Points* take place during transfers or during the "
|
||||
"manufacturing process of the products. If working with routings on *Bill of "
|
||||
"Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing process "
|
||||
"the quality control point needs to be applied."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The *Control Type* defines at which frequency the quality checks should take"
|
||||
" place:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**All operations**: all the operations automatically generate quality checks"
|
||||
" to perform;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Randomly**: the quality checks only perform on x% of the operation. The "
|
||||
"percentage needs to be defined on the control point;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Periodically**: the quality checks are performed periodically. The "
|
||||
"periodicity is based on the defined period (once a day, once a week)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:50
|
||||
msgid "Quality Control Point Types"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:52
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, one thing remains to be configured: the type of quality check. There "
|
||||
"are several types that can be used: text, take a picture, pass-fail, take a "
|
||||
"measure, register consumed material, register by-product, and print label."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Some types are available only with the manufacturing application installed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:62
|
||||
msgid "Text"
|
||||
msgstr "Tekst"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:64
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This control point type allows giving instructions to workers during the "
|
||||
"transfer or during the manufacturing process."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:80
|
||||
msgid "Take a Picture"
|
||||
msgstr "Tag et billede"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:82
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This control point type asks to take a picture of the product applied in a "
|
||||
"transfer or when manufacturing it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:98
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`camera "
|
||||
"<../../iot/devices/measurement_tool>`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:102
|
||||
msgid "Pass-Fail"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:104
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Pass-Fail* requires to specify if the products pass or fail specific "
|
||||
"criteria. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing orders."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:111
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"For this kind of type, there is the possibility to define a failure message "
|
||||
"giving instructions to follow in case of failure."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:127
|
||||
msgid "Take a Measure"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:129
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Taking measures requires to enter the product’s measurements during a "
|
||||
"transfer or during the manufacturing process."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:132
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To use it, it necessary to specify the norm for your product’s measurements,"
|
||||
" but also a tolerance threshold. Doing so, all the products with good "
|
||||
"measures can are automatically accepted."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:140
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As for *Pass-Fail*, this type allows defining a failure message that gives "
|
||||
"instructions to the worker."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:156
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This process can be simplified by using connected :doc:`measurement tools "
|
||||
"<../../iot/devices/camera>`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:159
|
||||
msgid "Register Consumed Materials"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:161
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When using *Register Consumed Materials*, it is required to register the "
|
||||
"component’s serial/lot numbers during the manufacturing process."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:165
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:182
|
||||
msgid "This type is only available when working with routings."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:176
|
||||
msgid "Register By-Products"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:178
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"With *Register By-Products*, it is required to register the serial/lot "
|
||||
"number of the by-products that are manufactured."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:193
|
||||
msgid "Print Label"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:195
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Print Label*, as its name points out, allows printing labels to add to the "
|
||||
"product during the manufacturing process."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:207
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`printer "
|
||||
"<../../iot/devices/printer>`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../recruitment.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Recruitment"
|
||||
msgstr "Ansættelse"
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
1530
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/services.po
Normal file
1530
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/services.po
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
198
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po
Normal file
198
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# peso <peer.sommerlund@gmail.com>, 2021
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: peso <peer.sommerlund@gmail.com>, 2021\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Settings"
|
||||
msgstr "Opsætning"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "Users and Features"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. "
|
||||
"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently "
|
||||
"in use."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) "
|
||||
"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing "
|
||||
"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your "
|
||||
"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a "
|
||||
"paying one on our online platform)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo "
|
||||
"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise "
|
||||
"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something "
|
||||
"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online"
|
||||
" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` "
|
||||
"installations."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an "
|
||||
"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our "
|
||||
"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "Deactivating Users"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to "
|
||||
"change the status of any of your users."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section "
|
||||
"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79
|
||||
msgid "|settings|"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42
|
||||
msgid "|browse_users|"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:45
|
||||
msgid "You'll then see the list of your users."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different "
|
||||
"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll "
|
||||
"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:55
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as "
|
||||
"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click "
|
||||
"on Archive."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:63
|
||||
msgid "The user is now deactivated."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:65
|
||||
msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:68
|
||||
msgid "Uninstalling Apps"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:70
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate "
|
||||
"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*"
|
||||
" installing/uninstalling apps)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:74
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able "
|
||||
"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to"
|
||||
" access the list of your installed applications."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79
|
||||
msgid "|browse_apps|"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:82
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your "
|
||||
"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the "
|
||||
"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:89
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. "
|
||||
"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what "
|
||||
"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its "
|
||||
"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will "
|
||||
"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then"
|
||||
" click **Confirm**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:96
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:101
|
||||
msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:104
|
||||
msgid "Good to know"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:106
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can "
|
||||
"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to "
|
||||
"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant "
|
||||
"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we "
|
||||
"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of "
|
||||
"operations."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:112
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install "
|
||||
"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you "
|
||||
"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to "
|
||||
"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not "
|
||||
"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature "
|
||||
"to work properly."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:119
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial "
|
||||
"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This "
|
||||
"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1,200 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2021
|
||||
# lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2021
|
||||
# Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2021
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-02-04 10:31+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2021\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sign.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Sign"
|
||||
msgstr "Underskriv"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sign/overview.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Overview"
|
||||
msgstr "Oversigt"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Validity of electronic signatures"
|
||||
msgstr "Elektronisk signaturers gyldighed"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The legal validity of electronic signatures generated by Odoo depends on the"
|
||||
" legislation of your country. Companies doing business abroad should "
|
||||
"consider electronic signature laws of other countries as well."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Den legale gyldighed af elektroniske signaturer genereret af Odoo afhænger "
|
||||
"af lovgivningen i dit land. Virksomheder der driver forretning "
|
||||
"international, bør også tage højde for love vedrørende elektroniske "
|
||||
"signaturer i andre lande."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "In the European Union"
|
||||
msgstr "I den Europæiske Union"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The `eIDAS regulation <http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2014/910/oj>`_ "
|
||||
"establishes the framework for electronic signatures in all `27 member states"
|
||||
" of the European Union <https://europa.eu/european-union/about-"
|
||||
"eu/countries_en>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"`eIDAS reguleringen <http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2014/910/oj>`_ oprette "
|
||||
"rammen for elektroniske signaturer i samtlige `27 medlemslande i den "
|
||||
"Europæiske Union <https://europa.eu/european-union/about-eu/countries_en>`_."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:16
|
||||
msgid "It distinguishes three types of electronic signatures:"
|
||||
msgstr "Den skelner mellem tre typer elektroniske signaturer:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "Electronic signatures"
|
||||
msgstr "Elektronisk signaturer"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "Advanced electronic signatures"
|
||||
msgstr "Avanceret elektronisk signaturer"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Qualified electronic signatures"
|
||||
msgstr "Kvalificeret elektronisk signaturer"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo generates the first type, regular electronic signatures, and these "
|
||||
"signatures can produce legal effects in the EU, as the regulation states "
|
||||
"that “an electronic signature shall not be denied legal effect and "
|
||||
"admissibility as evidence in legal proceedings solely on the grounds that it"
|
||||
" is in an electronic form or that it does not meet the requirements for "
|
||||
"qualified electronic signatures.”"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Odoo genererer den første type, normal elektronisk signaturer, og disse "
|
||||
"signaturer kan have retsvirkning i EU, eftersom reglerne tilkendegiver, at "
|
||||
"\"en elektronisk signatur nægtes ikke retsvirkning og antagelighed som bevis"
|
||||
" i retssager udelukkende med den begrundelse, at den er i elektronisk form, "
|
||||
"eller at den ikke opfylder kravene til kvalificerede elektroniske "
|
||||
"signaturer. ”"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Note that electronic signatures may not be automatically recognized as "
|
||||
"valid. You may need to bring supporting evidence of a signature’s validity."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Bemærk at elektronisk signaturer muligvis ikke automatisk genkendes som "
|
||||
"gyldige. Det kan være du skal medbringe understøttende bevis på signaturens "
|
||||
"gyldighed."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "In the United States of America"
|
||||
msgstr "I Amerikas Forenede Stater"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The `ESIGN Act (Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act) "
|
||||
"<https://www.fdic.gov/regulations/compliance/manual/10/X-3.1.pdf>`_, at the "
|
||||
"interstate and international levels, and the `UETA (Uniform Electronic "
|
||||
"Transactions Act) <https://www.uniformlaws.org/committees/community-"
|
||||
"home/librarydocuments?communitykey=2c04b76c-2b7d-4399-977e-"
|
||||
"d5876ba7e034&tab=librarydocuments>`_, at the state level, provide the legal "
|
||||
"framework for electronic signatures. Note that `Illinois "
|
||||
"<https://www.ilga.gov/legislation/ilcs/ilcs5.asp?ActID=89&>`_ and `New York "
|
||||
"<https://its.ny.gov/electronic-signatures-and-records-act-esra>`_ have not "
|
||||
"adopted the UETA, but similar acts instead."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"`ESIGN Act (Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act) "
|
||||
"<https://www.fdic.gov/regulations/compliance/manual/10/X-3.1.pdf>`_, på "
|
||||
"mellemstatslige og internationale niveauer og `UETA (Uniform Electronic "
|
||||
"Transactions Act) <https://www.uniformlaws.org/committees/community-"
|
||||
"home/librarydocuments?communitykey=2c04b76c-2b7d-4399-977e-"
|
||||
"d5876ba7e034&tab=librarydocuments>`_, på statsniveau give den juridiske "
|
||||
"ramme for elektroniske signaturer. Bemærk at Ìllinois "
|
||||
"<https://www.ilga.gov/legislation/ilcs/ilcs5.asp?ActID=89&>`_ samt `New York"
|
||||
" <https://its.ny.gov/electronic-signatures-and-records-act-esra>`_ har ikke "
|
||||
"vedtaget UETA, men lignende handlinger i stedet."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:42
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Overall, to be recognized as valid, electronic signatures have to meet five "
|
||||
"criteria:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Overordnet set, for at blive anerkendt som gyldig, skal elektroniske "
|
||||
"signaturer opfylde fem kriterier:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:44
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A signer must show a clear intent to sign. For example, using a mouse to "
|
||||
"draw a signature can show intent. The signer must also have the option to "
|
||||
"opt-out of electronically signing a document."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"En underskriver skal vise en klar hensigt om at underskrive. For eksempel, "
|
||||
"brugen af en mus til at tegne en signatur kan tilkendegive hensigt. "
|
||||
"Underskriveren skal også have mulighed for at fravælge elektronisk signering"
|
||||
" af et dokument."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A signer must first express or imply their consent to conduct business "
|
||||
"electronically."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"En underskriver skal først udtrykke eller antyde deres samtykke til at drive"
|
||||
" forretning elektronisk."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The signature must be clearly attributed. In Odoo, metadata, such as the "
|
||||
"signer’s IP address, is added to the signature, which can be used as "
|
||||
"supporting evidence."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Underskriften skal tydeligt tilskrives. I Odoo tilføjes metadata, såsom "
|
||||
"underskriverens IP-adresse, til signaturen, som kan bruges som bevis."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The signature must be associated with the document being signed, for "
|
||||
"example, by keeping a record detailing how the signature was captured."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Signaturen skal tilknyttes det dokument, der underskrives, for eksempel ved "
|
||||
"at føre en registrering, der beskriver, hvordan signaturen blev fanget."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:52
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Electronically signed documents need to be retained and available for later "
|
||||
"reference by all parties involved, for example, by providing the signer "
|
||||
"either a fully-executed copy or the option to download a copy."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Elektronisk underskrevne dokumenter skal opbevares og være tilgængelige til "
|
||||
"senere henvisning af alle involverede parter, for eksempel ved at give "
|
||||
"underskriveren enten en fuldt udført kopi eller muligheden for at downloade "
|
||||
"en kopi."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:57
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The information provided here does not constitute legal advice; it is "
|
||||
"provided for general informational purposes only. As laws governing "
|
||||
"electronic signatures evolve rapidly, we cannot guarantee that the "
|
||||
"information is up to date. We advise you to should contact a local attorney "
|
||||
"to obtain legal advice."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Oplysningerne her udgør ikke juridisk rådgivning; den leveres kun til "
|
||||
"generelle informationsformål. Da love, der regulerer elektroniske "
|
||||
"signaturer, udvikler sig hurtigt, kan vi ikke garantere, at oplysningerne er"
|
||||
" opdaterede. Vi råder dig til at kontakte en lokal advokat for at få "
|
||||
"juridisk rådgivning."
|
||||
@ -1,569 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
|
||||
# Pernille Kristensen <pernillekristensen1994@gmail.com>, 2020
|
||||
# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020
|
||||
# Mads Søndergaard, 2020
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "SMS Marketing"
|
||||
msgstr "SMS Marketing"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Overview"
|
||||
msgstr "Oversigt"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Contact Lists and Blacklist"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want"
|
||||
" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your "
|
||||
"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from "
|
||||
"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS "
|
||||
"distribution easier."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Contact lists"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Is Public* "
|
||||
"if you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in "
|
||||
"the unsubscription page (allowing users to update their subscription "
|
||||
"preferences)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "History with the Log Notes"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A record of the mailings sent is kept on the recipient's chatter (whether it"
|
||||
" is a contact or an opportunity, for example)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This is important as you and team members can easily keep track and see a "
|
||||
"history of the interactions with your contacts or prospects. Example: your "
|
||||
"sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing promotions a "
|
||||
"customer has received or not."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:35
|
||||
msgid "Blacklist"
|
||||
msgstr "Blacklist"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have "
|
||||
"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries to your "
|
||||
"database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> "
|
||||
"Import`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Integrations and Templates"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement "
|
||||
"purposes, but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your "
|
||||
"costumers, for example."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Campaigns"
|
||||
msgstr "Kampagner"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings` and "
|
||||
"enable *Mailing Campaigns*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, the menu *Campaigns* is also available on the *SMS Marketing* app, "
|
||||
"allowing you to manage and have an overview of your SMS mailings under "
|
||||
"campaigns."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you "
|
||||
"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in "
|
||||
"your Kanban view to better organize the work being done."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It "
|
||||
"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for"
|
||||
" example."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the "
|
||||
"*SMS* icon next to the phone number."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you would like to send a message to multiple contacts at once, choose the"
|
||||
" *List View*, select all the contacts needed, and under *Action* select "
|
||||
"*Send SMS*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48
|
||||
msgid "Set up SMS templates"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
|
||||
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS Templates`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:60
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to "
|
||||
"the context."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:63
|
||||
msgid "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65
|
||||
msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66
|
||||
msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67
|
||||
msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68
|
||||
msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a "
|
||||
"document online."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:72
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:75
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently"
|
||||
" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:79
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:80
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_template`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you"
|
||||
" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not "
|
||||
"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this "
|
||||
"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Get started"
|
||||
msgstr "Kom igang"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Specify a *subject* name to help you remembering what the mailing is about."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under *Recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you"
|
||||
" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) receive "
|
||||
"your SMS."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option."
|
||||
" In the example below, the message would be sent to the contacts living in "
|
||||
"Belgium."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose the "
|
||||
"specific mailing lists you created to group specific contacts. You are "
|
||||
"allowed to select multiple ones."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo automatically "
|
||||
"generates *link trackers* in order to generate data about these links."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under *Settings* you have the option *Include opt-out link*. If activated, "
|
||||
"the contact is able to unsubscribe from the mailing list."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of"
|
||||
" your sent links, access them and look at statistics."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:50
|
||||
msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:53
|
||||
msgid "Send a mailing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:57
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it "
|
||||
"to be delivered:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Put in Queue*: the mailing is triggered with the next automatic run. "
|
||||
"Interesting option if you do not need the message to be sent at a specific "
|
||||
"time."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Send Now*: sends the message immediately. Use this option if the recipient "
|
||||
"list is not excessive."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:62
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Schedule*: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings "
|
||||
"that you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer "
|
||||
"while it is active, or to simply plan your content strategy in advance."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Test*: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test "
|
||||
"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page "
|
||||
"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, "
|
||||
"you must remember to use a comma between them."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:70
|
||||
msgid "Visualize reports"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:72
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under the *Reporting* menu apply filters, measures, and adopt different "
|
||||
"layouts to do analyses of the performance of your SMS mailings."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:79
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also check the price to send an SMS for your country by clicking on "
|
||||
"the *Information* icon."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:86
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Buy Credits:** in order to take advantage of the app and its features, "
|
||||
"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information: "
|
||||
":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Pricing and FAQ"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires "
|
||||
"prepaid credits* to work."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message,"
|
||||
" that includes the following characters:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in "
|
||||
"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above"
|
||||
" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the "
|
||||
"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The "
|
||||
"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message "
|
||||
"represents."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34
|
||||
msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of "
|
||||
"characters) of the message."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https"
|
||||
"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in "
|
||||
"your database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49
|
||||
msgid "How do I buy credits?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50
|
||||
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57
|
||||
msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you "
|
||||
"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70
|
||||
msgid "More common questions"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72
|
||||
msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74
|
||||
msgid "No, credits do not expire."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because "
|
||||
"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80
|
||||
msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83
|
||||
msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85
|
||||
msgid "Yes."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88
|
||||
msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90
|
||||
msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to "
|
||||
"send them all?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent "
|
||||
"until you have enough credits to send them all."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99
|
||||
msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding "
|
||||
"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on "
|
||||
":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107
|
||||
msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109
|
||||
msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I "
|
||||
"lose credits?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). "
|
||||
"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the "
|
||||
"credit will be lost."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a"
|
||||
" ticket for a festival)?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be "
|
||||
"charged."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125
|
||||
msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128
|
||||
msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:132
|
||||
msgid "**Can I use my own SMS provider?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:134
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Yes, but it is not possible out of the box. Our experts can help you "
|
||||
"customize your database to make it happen. Please, check our success packs "
|
||||
"`here <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1,362 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
|
||||
# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020
|
||||
# Mads Søndergaard, 2020
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Social Marketing"
|
||||
msgstr "Social Marketing"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Overview"
|
||||
msgstr "Oversigt"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your "
|
||||
"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your "
|
||||
"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental "
|
||||
"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your"
|
||||
" content."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel are shown. The "
|
||||
"overview of the campaign displays global metrics such as:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a "
|
||||
"transaction (paid)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started"
|
||||
" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your "
|
||||
"content."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the "
|
||||
"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> "
|
||||
"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* "
|
||||
"application must be installed on your database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*,"
|
||||
" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is "
|
||||
"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big "
|
||||
"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as "
|
||||
"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective "
|
||||
"interaction."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Configuration"
|
||||
msgstr "Konfiguration"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` "
|
||||
"select the appropriate channel, and set it up."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action "
|
||||
"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, "
|
||||
"GeoIP must be installed on your server."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24
|
||||
msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27
|
||||
msgid "Monitor your visitors"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your "
|
||||
":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a "
|
||||
"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has "
|
||||
"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received "
|
||||
"by the user once they move to a tracked page."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and "
|
||||
"last date and time the user was connected."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or "
|
||||
"an existing partner."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your "
|
||||
"own website."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49
|
||||
msgid "Website’s tracked pages"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option "
|
||||
"*Track*, on the respective pages."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/overview/get_started`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them"
|
||||
" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a "
|
||||
"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your "
|
||||
"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully "
|
||||
"execute your online strategy, from posts to results."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "Add accounts and create your feed"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your "
|
||||
"accounts."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is"
|
||||
" automatically added."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and"
|
||||
" customize your Kanban view."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get "
|
||||
"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on "
|
||||
"*Insights*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39
|
||||
msgid "Link a LinkedIn account"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the "
|
||||
"creation of content."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51
|
||||
msgid "Publish content"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60
|
||||
msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61
|
||||
msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64
|
||||
msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, "
|
||||
"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68
|
||||
msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, "
|
||||
"and click on an existing one to edit it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`./livechat`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Use Web Push Notifications"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the "
|
||||
"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They "
|
||||
"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, "
|
||||
"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, "
|
||||
"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Ask users for permission"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration"
|
||||
" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the "
|
||||
"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "Send notifications"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "Individually"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40
|
||||
msgid "To a group"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* "
|
||||
"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting "
|
||||
"archived."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53
|
||||
msgid "By rules"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web "
|
||||
"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records "
|
||||
"that match the rules you set."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63
|
||||
msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1,938 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2020
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Studio"
|
||||
msgstr "Studio"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Concepts"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Understanding Automated Actions"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:6
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Automated actions are used to trigger actions. They are based on conditions "
|
||||
"and happen on top of Odoo’s default business logic."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Examples of automated actions include: creating a next activity upon a "
|
||||
"quote's confirmation; adding a user as a follower of a confirmed invoice if "
|
||||
"its total is higher than a certain amount; or preventing a lead from "
|
||||
"changing stage if a field is not filled in."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Let's understand how to properly define *when* an automated action runs and "
|
||||
"*how* to create one:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The first step is to choose the :doc:`Model <understanding_general>` on "
|
||||
"which the action is applied."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The **Trigger** field defines the event that causes the automated action to "
|
||||
"happen:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*On Creation*: when a new record is created. Note that the record is created"
|
||||
" once saved for the first time."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*On Update*: when the record is updated. Note that the update happens once "
|
||||
"the record is saved."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*On Creation & Update*: on the creation and/or on the update of a record "
|
||||
"once the form is saved."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "*On Deletion*: on the removal of a record under the condition set."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Based on Form Modification*: when the value of the specified *Trigger* "
|
||||
"field is changed in the interface (user sees the changes before saving the "
|
||||
"record). Note that this action can only be used with the *Execute Python "
|
||||
"Code* action type."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Based on Timed Condition*: a delay happens after a specific date/time. Set "
|
||||
"a *Delay after trigger date* if you need a delay to happen before the "
|
||||
"*Trigger Date*. Example: to send a reminder 15min before a meeting. If the "
|
||||
"date/time is not set on the form of the model chosen, the date/time "
|
||||
"considered is the one of the creation/update of the record."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:34
|
||||
msgid "For every Trigger option, **conditions** can be applied, such as:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Before Update Domain*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied "
|
||||
"before the record is updated."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Apply on*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied before executing"
|
||||
" the action rule (*Action To Do*), and after the update."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The **Active** option is to be turned off when the rule should be hidden and"
|
||||
" not executed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under **Action To Do** choose the type of server action that must be "
|
||||
"executed once records meet the *Trigger* conditions:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Execute Python Code*: a block of code is executed. A *Help* tab with the "
|
||||
"variables that can be used is available."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:47
|
||||
msgid "*Create New Record*: a new record with new values is created."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:48
|
||||
msgid "*Update a Record*: updates the record that triggered the action."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Execute several actions*: defines an action that triggers other server "
|
||||
"actions."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Send Email*: an automatic :doc:`email "
|
||||
"<../../discuss/advanced/email_template>` is sent."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51
|
||||
msgid "*Add Followers*: followers are notified of changes in the task."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:52
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Create Next Activity*: creates an activity such as: *Call*, *Email*, "
|
||||
"*Reminder*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Send SMS Text Message*: sends an :doc:`SMS "
|
||||
"<../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:56
|
||||
msgid "Example"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the "
|
||||
"Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, "
|
||||
"goes through:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:65
|
||||
msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66
|
||||
msgid "The user updates the record defining an email address."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once the change is saved, the automation checks if any of the *Watched "
|
||||
"Fields* are being updated (for the example: field name *email_from* (Email)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:69
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If true, it checks if the record matches the *Before Update Domain* (for the"
|
||||
" example: *email is not set*)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If true, it checks (*after the update*) whether the record matches the "
|
||||
"*Apply on* domain (for the example: *email is set*)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:73
|
||||
msgid "If true, the chosen *Action To Do* is performed on the record."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:76
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`understanding_general`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Understanding General Concepts"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:7
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo Studio is a toolbox that allows you to add models or adapt "
|
||||
"functionalities on top of Odoo’s standard behavior without coding knowledge."
|
||||
" You can also create custom views and modify existing ones without having to"
|
||||
" get into the XML code."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Even for experienced developers, typing out code requires time. By using "
|
||||
"Odoo Studio, you can quickly get your models up and going and focus on the "
|
||||
"crucial parts of your application. The result is a user-friendly solution "
|
||||
"that makes customizations and designing new applications easy with or "
|
||||
"without programming skills."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "Getting started"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"One you start using Odoo Studio, you automatically create a new *module* "
|
||||
"that contains all your modifications. These modifications can be done on "
|
||||
"existing screens (*views*), by adding new *fields* in existing applications,"
|
||||
" or by creating an entirely new *model*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "What is a Module?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"An Odoo **Module** can contain a number of elements, such as: business "
|
||||
"objects (models), object views, data files, web controllers, and static web "
|
||||
"data. An application is a collection of modules."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In object-oriented programming, models usually represent a concept from the "
|
||||
"real world. Example: Odoo has models for Sales Orders, Users, Countries, "
|
||||
"etc. If you were to build an application to manage Real Estate sales, a "
|
||||
"model that represents the Properties for sale would probably be your first "
|
||||
"step."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:38
|
||||
msgid "What is a Model (also called Object)?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A **Model** determines the logical structure of a database and fundamentally"
|
||||
" determines in which manner data can be stored, organized, and manipulated. "
|
||||
"In other words, a model is a table of information that can be bridged with "
|
||||
"other tables."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:45
|
||||
msgid "What are Fields?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Fields** compose models. It is where a record (a piece of data) is "
|
||||
"registered."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Example: on the Real Estate application, fields on the Properties model "
|
||||
"would include the price, address, a picture, a link to the current owner, "
|
||||
"etc."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"There are 2 main types of fields in Odoo: *basic (or scalar) fields* and "
|
||||
"*relational fields*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Basic fields represent simple values, like numbers or text. Relational "
|
||||
"fields represent relations between models. So, if you have a model for "
|
||||
"*Customers* and another one for *Properties*, you would use a relational "
|
||||
"field to link each Property to its Customer."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:56
|
||||
msgid "Relational Fields in detail"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Relational Fields** provide the option to link the data of one model with "
|
||||
"the data of another model."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:60
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In Odoo, relational field types are: *One2many*, *Many2one*, *Many2many*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:66
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"An **One2many** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *multiple* "
|
||||
"records from a table."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:68
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Example: a Sales Order can contain multiple Sales Order Lines, which also "
|
||||
"contain multiple fields of information."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:69
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A **Many2one** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *one* record from"
|
||||
" a table."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:70
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Example: you can have many product categories, but each product can only "
|
||||
"belong to one category."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A **Many2many** field is a *two-way* direction of selecting records from a "
|
||||
"table."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:72
|
||||
msgid "Example: multiple tags can be added to a lead’s form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:75
|
||||
msgid "An *One2many* field must have a *Many2one* related to it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:78
|
||||
msgid "What are Views?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:80
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Views** define how records are displayed. They are specified in XML which "
|
||||
"means that they can be edited independently from the models that they "
|
||||
"represent. There are various types of views in Odoo, and each of them "
|
||||
"represents a mode of visualization. Some examples are: *form*, *list*, "
|
||||
"*kanban*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:85
|
||||
msgid "What is a Menu?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:87
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A **Menu** is a button that executes and action. In Odoo Studio, to create "
|
||||
"menus (models) and rearrange their hierarchy, click on *Edit Menu*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:95
|
||||
msgid "`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/slides/studio-31>`_"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How To"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Export and Import Modules"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you do customizations in Odoo Studio, a new module is created in your "
|
||||
"database, making it easy to use Studio for prototyping."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To export these customizations, activate Studio on the main dashboard and, "
|
||||
"under the menu *Customizations*, click on *Export*. The default filename is "
|
||||
"*customizations.zip*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The module created contains the definition of custom models and fields, as "
|
||||
"well as the UI elements of any customization in an XML format."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To import and install the customizations in another instance, connect to the"
|
||||
" destination database, activate Studio and, under *Customizations*, click on"
|
||||
" *Import*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Studio does not know which apps are customized (because the same view can be"
|
||||
" modified on different apps), therefore, it *does not* add the underlying "
|
||||
"modules as dependencies of the exported module. In other words, the "
|
||||
"applications installed on the source database should be installed on the "
|
||||
"destination database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Customizing the Rainbow Man"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The Rainbow Man in Odoo is an animation shown once the user completes "
|
||||
"certain tasks and clicks on certain buttons. It is a way to make the "
|
||||
"software fun to use, and rewarding, for employees."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On most buttons in Odoo, such as *Send by Email*, *Confirm* or *Cancel*, "
|
||||
"once they are selected in Studio, under their *Properties*, the *Rainbow "
|
||||
"Man* effect can be applied."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "By default, the feature is active:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:16
|
||||
msgid "when opportunities are marked as won;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:17
|
||||
msgid "when users empty their inboxes;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "when the user finishes a tour;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "when the user finishes doing reconciliations."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Customizing Reports"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo uses HTML and CSS technologies to create reports. HTML is a markup "
|
||||
"language that uses tags, also called elements. It is the core of any webpage"
|
||||
" because it provides its basic structure. CSS interacts with HTML elements "
|
||||
"to add style to the page, establishing how the HTML is shown to the user. "
|
||||
"Odoo’s reports also use Bootstrap’s grid layout, which is the containers, "
|
||||
"rows, and columns to align content, and support Odoo's website themes."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When creating a new report, choose the purpose of it and if you would like "
|
||||
"the report to include header and footer (company logo, name, address, phone,"
|
||||
" email address, etc.)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under the tab **Add**, you find the fields to be dragged and dropped to the "
|
||||
"view. *Fields*, *Data tables*, *Subtotal & Total*, and *Address Book* are "
|
||||
"dynamic elements (meaning that they need a :doc:`one2many or a many2many "
|
||||
"<../concepts/understanding_general>` related object). *Text*, *Title Block*,"
|
||||
" *Image*, and *Text in Cell* are static elements."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once the element is added to the view, select it to see its **Options**. The"
|
||||
" first section shows the hierarchy of the selected object and its "
|
||||
"properties, allowing you to individually edit them. Fields with related "
|
||||
"objects have their directives shown on *Field Expression*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under **Visible if**, define the rule(s) to set visibility conditions to "
|
||||
"fields."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Example: if choosing to display a product image, you could set a visibility "
|
||||
"rule to only display the ones that are *set* in the product form, avoiding "
|
||||
"having a plain icon when they are not set."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Visible for** is used to set which :doc:`groups "
|
||||
"<../../general/odoo_basics/add_user>` can have access to specific elements "
|
||||
"in the report. **Limit visibility to groups**, under *Report*, sets the "
|
||||
"visibility of the report to specifics groups, meaning that users belonging "
|
||||
"to other groups do not see the same final document."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under the **Report** tab, name your report, choose the paper format, and if "
|
||||
"the report should be added to the *Print* menu list on its respective "
|
||||
"document form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If activating the :doc:`Developer mode "
|
||||
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, additional fields such as *Class* "
|
||||
"under *Options*, and *Reload from attachment* under *Report*, become "
|
||||
"visible."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:56
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Class*: add custom CSS classes to the selected element (e.g. Bootstrap "
|
||||
"classes such as *text-danger*)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Reload from attachment*: saves the report as an attachment of the document "
|
||||
"when printed. When the report is reprinted, it re-downloads that attachment "
|
||||
"instead of re-printing it. This means that if the underlying record (e.g. "
|
||||
"Invoice) changes when compared to the first impression, the report does not "
|
||||
"reflect the changes because they were done after the attachment was created."
|
||||
" This is typically useful for reports linked to documents that should not "
|
||||
"change, such as Invoices."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:67
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Actions in Odoo Studio can be undone until you *Close* the toolbox. Once you"
|
||||
" have closed Studio, changes can not be undone anymore."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Use Cases"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Automated Actions"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Case scenario 1: when a Belgian lead is created, a 3-stars priority should"
|
||||
" be automatically applied.**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "Under *Automations*, click on *Create* and set the following rules:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "*Model*: Lead/Opportunity"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "*Active*: On"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "*Trigger*: On Creation & Update"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "*Apply on*: Country > Country Name = Belgium"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:14
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:53
|
||||
msgid "*Action To Do*: Update the Record"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "*Data to Write*: Lead/Opportunity > Value > 3"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Check :doc:`this doc <filters_status_bar>` in order to have another "
|
||||
"automated action example."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_automated_actions`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:26
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:61
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:138
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_general`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Filters and Status Bar"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Case scenario 1: on Sales, set a filter on Belgian customers and define it"
|
||||
" as the default one (the user should still be able to unset the filter).**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On your customer’s page, use *Filters* > *Add Custom Filter* to group "
|
||||
"customers by country. Now, under *Favorites*, *Save Current Search* enabling"
|
||||
" *Use by default* and *Save*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On *Filter Rules* in Studio mode, select the respective filter and enable "
|
||||
"*Default Filter*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Case scenario 2: add a status bar on the product form to manage its life "
|
||||
"cycle. Set the values: ‘Prototype’, ‘In use’ and ‘Deprecated’. By default, "
|
||||
"the Kanban view must be grouped by status.**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On your product form, *Add a pipeline status bar* and name its values. "
|
||||
"Status bars are *selection* fields that give you the ability to follow a "
|
||||
"specific flow. They are useful to show you the progress that has been made."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the *Views* menu, access *Kanban* and, under its *View* options, set the "
|
||||
"*Default Group by* as *Pipeline status bar*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, open your product form and set the right status for that product. As "
|
||||
"you move products throughout stages (also through the product’s form), "
|
||||
"stages are shown in the Kanban view."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To make modifications in the pipeline status bar, for example, remember to "
|
||||
"go back to *Form View*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:44
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Case scenario 2.a: when a product goes from ‘In use’ to ‘Deprecate’, set "
|
||||
"its cost to 0€.**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Create an :doc:`automated action "
|
||||
"<../concepts/understanding_automated_actions>` with the selected values:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:49
|
||||
msgid "*Model*: Product Template"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:50
|
||||
msgid "*Trigger*: On Update"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:51
|
||||
msgid "*First Domain*: Pipeline status bar = In use"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:52
|
||||
msgid "*Second Domain*: Pipeline status bar = Deprecated"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:54
|
||||
msgid "*Data to Write*: Cost (Product Template) > Value > 0"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Creating Models and Adding Fields"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Case scenario 1: on the leads’ form, if the chosen country is France, show"
|
||||
" a field 'Pay by check?'**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On your leads’ form, add a *Related Field* to *Country > Country Name*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, add a *Checkbox* field and define its invisibility options as *Country*"
|
||||
" (carefully select the one just created) *> is not = > France.*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "You can now hide the related field created (*Country*) if you wish."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Another approach is to use the country’s ID. To do so, go to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Countries`, select France "
|
||||
"(for example), and on the URL check its *ID*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The related field invisibility path should now be *Country* (carefully "
|
||||
"select the one just created) *> is not = > 75*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "Again, hide the related field with the country’s ID if you prefer."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Case scenario 2: create a model called 'Properties' and add fields called:"
|
||||
" company, value, name, address, active, image.**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"From the dashboard, (optionally) start a new module. Then, click on *Edit "
|
||||
"Menu* and start a *New Menu* (model). Set your menu name and *Confirm*. Now,"
|
||||
" on its form, drag & drop the necessary fields."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Case scenario 2.a: now, you would like to have a model called 'Regions' to"
|
||||
" which each property must be linked. And, on 'Regions', you would like to "
|
||||
"see the properties for each region.**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to *Edit Menu > New Menu* and create your menu, calling it *Regions*. Add"
|
||||
" the necessary fields on its form by dragging & dropping them."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, in the form view of *Properties*, add a *Many2one* field with a "
|
||||
"relation to your model *Region*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The *Existing Fields* are the ones that are on the current model but not yet"
|
||||
" in the view."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:60
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, go to the model *Regions*, select the form view, and add a status "
|
||||
"button selecting *Regions (Properties)* as your relational field."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:62
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Status buttons* are computed fields, meaning that they count the numbers of"
|
||||
" records on the related model, and allow you to access them."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:69
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When searching for relations, click on *Search more* and filter it by "
|
||||
"*Custom*. This way you avoid creating duplicates."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:76
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Case scenario 2.b: in the model 'Properties', show all the tags as "
|
||||
"checkboxes instead of tags.**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:78
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once the field *Tags* is added to the form, select it and, under its "
|
||||
"*Properties > Widgets*, choose *Checkboxes*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:85
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Case scenario 3: on the leads’ form, add a selection field with the "
|
||||
"values:'Tags' & 'List' & 'Checkboxes'. According to the value of the field, "
|
||||
"show tags as many2many_tags, many2many_radio, or many2many(_list).**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:89
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In your form view, add a *Tags* field and relate it to *Partners Tag*. Under"
|
||||
" *Properties*, define its *Widget* as *Many2many*. Do the same process "
|
||||
"another 2 times for *Checkboxes* and *Tags*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:96
|
||||
msgid "Now, add a *Selection* field and the necessary values."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:99
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Continue by selecting your *Tags* fields, one by one, to set their "
|
||||
"*Invisible* options according to their *Widget*. In the example below, the "
|
||||
"invisibility rule for the *Partner Tags* is set as: *Select Tag type > is "
|
||||
"not = > Tags.*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:105
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Case scenario 4: on a quotation’s form, add a selection field called "
|
||||
"'Manager Validation' with the values: ‘Accepted’ and ‘Refused’. Only a sales"
|
||||
" manager can see it, and the field should be set as mandatory if the untaxed"
|
||||
" amount is higher than 500€.**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:109
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On your quotation form, add a *Selection* field with the values *Accepted* "
|
||||
"and *Refused*. Set its *Required* condition as *Untaxed Amount > 500* and "
|
||||
"the *Limit visibility to groups* as *Sales / Administrator* or managers."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:117
|
||||
msgid "**Case scenario 5: change the tooltip of a field for all views.**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:119
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` "
|
||||
"and open Studio."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:122
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Select the necessary field and, under *Properties*, click on *More* to write"
|
||||
" your tooltip message on *Field Help*. The tooltip message is the "
|
||||
"explanatory message shown when the user hovers the field. The message here "
|
||||
"written is displayed on all views forms where the field is added."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:129
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The *Field Help* message can only be applied to *new* fields. If you would "
|
||||
"like to change/apply a tooltip for a specific field, use the *Help Tooltip* "
|
||||
"option under *Properties*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Views"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Case scenario 1: in Sales, show orders in a Kanban View instead of a List "
|
||||
"View.**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:7
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"From the Sales page, access Studio and, under *Views*, set the *Kanban* "
|
||||
"option as the default one."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Case scenario 2: allow for the list of leads to be edited inline without "
|
||||
"having to switch to the form view.**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the *List View*, under *View* > *Editable*, choose between *New record on"
|
||||
" top* or *New record at the bottom*. This way, besides defining the order in"
|
||||
" which new records are displayed in the view, you are able to edit them."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If the field is left blank, no editing is possible and records are shown "
|
||||
"based on your column preferences on the lead's page (front-end)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1,463 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
|
||||
# Morten Schou <ms@msteknik.dk>, 2020
|
||||
# JonathanStein <jstein@image.dk>, 2020
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: JonathanStein <jstein@image.dk>, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Support"
|
||||
msgstr "Support"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Supported versions"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of "
|
||||
"Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes "
|
||||
"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not "
|
||||
"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "Odoo Online"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "Odoo.sh"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "On-Premise"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "Release date"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27
|
||||
msgid "**Odoo 14.0**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
|
||||
msgid "|green|"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27
|
||||
msgid "October 2020"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Odoo 13.saas~4"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53
|
||||
msgid "N/A"
|
||||
msgstr "- Ikke angivet -"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "August 2019"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "**Odoo 13.0**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "October 2019"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
|
||||
msgid "**Odoo 12.0**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
|
||||
msgid "October 2018"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
|
||||
msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37
|
||||
msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53
|
||||
msgid "|orange|"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37
|
||||
msgid "April 2018"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39
|
||||
msgid "**Odoo 11.0**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53
|
||||
msgid "|red|"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39
|
||||
msgid "October 2017"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41
|
||||
msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41
|
||||
msgid "March 2017"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43
|
||||
msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43
|
||||
msgid "January 2017"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45
|
||||
msgid "**Odoo 10.0**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45
|
||||
msgid "October 2016"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47
|
||||
msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47
|
||||
msgid "May 2016"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49
|
||||
msgid "**Odoo 9.0**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49
|
||||
msgid "October 2015"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51
|
||||
msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51
|
||||
msgid "February 2015"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53
|
||||
msgid "**Odoo 8.0**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53
|
||||
msgid "September 2014"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:59
|
||||
msgid "|green| Supported version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:61
|
||||
msgid "|red| End-of-support"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:63
|
||||
msgid "N/A Never released for this platform"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo "
|
||||
"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to "
|
||||
"upgrade."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:67
|
||||
msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:80
|
||||
msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:82
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:84
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:86
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "What can I expect from the support service?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "5 days a week"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra "
|
||||
"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure "
|
||||
"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could"
|
||||
" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23
|
||||
msgid "What kind of support is included?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, "
|
||||
"etc...)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg."
|
||||
" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to "
|
||||
"misconfiguration or customization)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer "
|
||||
"version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your"
|
||||
" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39
|
||||
msgid "What kind of support is not included?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to "
|
||||
"help you implement your database"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many "
|
||||
"resources)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "Import of documents into your database"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the "
|
||||
"database"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, "
|
||||
"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48
|
||||
msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, "
|
||||
"etc)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done "
|
||||
"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or "
|
||||
"involving code)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:54
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com"
|
||||
"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way"
|
||||
" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo "
|
||||
"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use "
|
||||
"Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "Where to find help?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Odoo Enterprise"
|
||||
msgstr "Odoo Enterprise"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our "
|
||||
"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no "
|
||||
"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own "
|
||||
"server)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16
|
||||
msgid "Please include in your request:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "your subscription number"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or "
|
||||
"Odoo.sh)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "Odoo Community"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27
|
||||
msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Ask your question on the `community forum "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"`Buy Odoo Enterprise "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ to get the"
|
||||
" support and bugfix services."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1,242 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
|
||||
# Pernille Kristensen <pernillekristensen1994@gmail.com>, 2020
|
||||
# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020
|
||||
# Mads Søndergaard, 2020
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Survey"
|
||||
msgstr "Undersøgelse"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Overview"
|
||||
msgstr "Oversigt"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Get Started with Surveys"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting "
|
||||
"customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased "
|
||||
"customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy"
|
||||
" and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your "
|
||||
"market is thinking."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Get started"
|
||||
msgstr "Kom igang"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* "
|
||||
"field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as "
|
||||
"different applications might use it for different purposes such as "
|
||||
"recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "Tab: Questions"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:24
|
||||
msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and "
|
||||
"the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and "
|
||||
"set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey "
|
||||
"without answering the respective question."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and "
|
||||
"different possibilities. Examples:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length "
|
||||
"(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or"
|
||||
" a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the"
|
||||
" user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately "
|
||||
"recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, "
|
||||
"with which a text type field is displayed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per "
|
||||
"row."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "Tab: Description"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's "
|
||||
"homepage."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:53
|
||||
msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:56
|
||||
msgid "Tab: Options"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing "
|
||||
"*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* "
|
||||
"becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:67
|
||||
msgid "Test and share the survey"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:70
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential "
|
||||
"errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the "
|
||||
"details of the respondent and his answers."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:72
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of "
|
||||
"entries clean with only real participants."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:79
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Another way to access detailed answers is by going to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:80
|
||||
msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:87
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`scoring`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:88 ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`time_random`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Scoring Surveys"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To measure your respondent’s performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall"
|
||||
" satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The "
|
||||
"points are summed up to give your respondent a final score."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On your survey’s form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab "
|
||||
"*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring "
|
||||
"without answers at the end*. Now, on your question’s form, set the right "
|
||||
"answer and score."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully "
|
||||
"taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The "
|
||||
"certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully "
|
||||
"finish it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to "
|
||||
"the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors "
|
||||
"of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted "
|
||||
"badges."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Time and Randomize Questions"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "Time Limit"
|
||||
msgstr "Tidsbegrænsning"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain "
|
||||
"period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same "
|
||||
"amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them"
|
||||
" looking at external resources."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining "
|
||||
"time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers"
|
||||
" saved."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "Selection"
|
||||
msgstr "Udvælgelse"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a"
|
||||
" random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful"
|
||||
" to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, "
|
||||
"under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section "
|
||||
"should be taken into account during the shuffling."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: da\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../timesheets.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Timesheets"
|
||||
msgstr "Timesedler"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../timesheets/overview.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Overview"
|
||||
msgstr "Oversigt"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo automatically timesheets on project/tasks upon time off requests. This "
|
||||
"allows for better overall control over the validation of timesheets, as it "
|
||||
"does not leave place for forgetfulness and questions after hours that have "
|
||||
"not been timesheeted by the employee."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, "
|
||||
"go to *Timesheets*, and change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if "
|
||||
"you like."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Time Off --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. Select"
|
||||
" or create the needed type, and decide if you would like the requests to be "
|
||||
"validated or not."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, once the employee has requested his time off and the request has been "
|
||||
"validated (or not, depending on the setting chosen), the time is "
|
||||
"automatically allocated on *Timesheets*, under the respective project and "
|
||||
"task."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the example below, the user requested *Paid Time off* from July 13th to "
|
||||
"15th."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Considering that validation is not required, the requested time off is "
|
||||
"automatically displayed in *Timesheets*. If validation is necessary, the "
|
||||
"time is automatically allocated after the responsible person for validating "
|
||||
"does it so."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Click on the magnifying glass, hovering over the concerned cell, to access "
|
||||
"all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the "
|
||||
"project/task."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -1,763 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: de\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Discuss"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Advanced"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your "
|
||||
"database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the"
|
||||
" use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16
|
||||
msgid "Scope of this documentation"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't "
|
||||
"benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, "
|
||||
"unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly "
|
||||
"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system "
|
||||
"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can "
|
||||
"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's "
|
||||
"reputation yourself."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your "
|
||||
"own email solution with Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Office 365 email servers don't easily allow to send external emails from "
|
||||
"hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation "
|
||||
"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-"
|
||||
"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-"
|
||||
"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:39
|
||||
msgid "How to manage outbound messages"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and "
|
||||
"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to "
|
||||
"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the "
|
||||
"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:45
|
||||
msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:50
|
||||
msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` "
|
||||
"warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less "
|
||||
"secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here "
|
||||
"<https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:57
|
||||
msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:61
|
||||
msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP"
|
||||
" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-"
|
||||
"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-"
|
||||
"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure"
|
||||
" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:69
|
||||
msgid "How to use a G Suite server"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need "
|
||||
"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in "
|
||||
"`Google documentation "
|
||||
"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:77
|
||||
msgid "Be SPF-compliant"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability"
|
||||
" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host "
|
||||
"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:82
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: "
|
||||
"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:84
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g."
|
||||
" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it "
|
||||
"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:88
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to "
|
||||
"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:91
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this "
|
||||
"usually happens more quickly."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:94
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail "
|
||||
"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF "
|
||||
"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:99
|
||||
msgid "Allow DKIM"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is "
|
||||
"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you "
|
||||
"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to "
|
||||
"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have "
|
||||
"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value "
|
||||
"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:108
|
||||
msgid "Restriction"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587,"
|
||||
" 465 or 2525."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:112
|
||||
msgid "How to manage inbound messages"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:114
|
||||
msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:116
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original "
|
||||
"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall "
|
||||
"alias (**catchall@**)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:120
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in "
|
||||
"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid "
|
||||
"recipients."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:124
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to "
|
||||
"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:127
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__),"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:129
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__),"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:131
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page"
|
||||
"/project-management>`__),"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:133
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__),"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:135
|
||||
msgid "etc."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:137
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch "
|
||||
"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email "
|
||||
"address per Odoo alias in your mail server."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:141
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, "
|
||||
"bounce@, sales@, etc.)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:143
|
||||
msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:148
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for "
|
||||
"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the "
|
||||
"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to "
|
||||
"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled "
|
||||
"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:157
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming "
|
||||
"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email "
|
||||
"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, "
|
||||
"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour "
|
||||
"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's "
|
||||
"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to "
|
||||
"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:167
|
||||
msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:165
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To "
|
||||
"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the "
|
||||
":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:169
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System "
|
||||
"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * "
|
||||
"mail.bounce.alias*)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:175
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. "
|
||||
"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode "
|
||||
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->"
|
||||
" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: "
|
||||
"Fetchmail Service*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Email Templates"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but "
|
||||
"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is "
|
||||
"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email "
|
||||
"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple "
|
||||
"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, "
|
||||
"improving their overall experience with the company."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` must be "
|
||||
"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> "
|
||||
"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates "
|
||||
"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this "
|
||||
"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to "
|
||||
"job applicants."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To "
|
||||
"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the "
|
||||
"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one "
|
||||
"with the highest priority is used."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent,"
|
||||
" saving space in your database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37
|
||||
msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you "
|
||||
"would like to use."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the "
|
||||
"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily"
|
||||
" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before "
|
||||
"sending it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Overview"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Get Started with Discuss"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together "
|
||||
"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, "
|
||||
"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout"
|
||||
" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and "
|
||||
"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Choose your notifications preference"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications "
|
||||
"to be handled."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, "
|
||||
"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent "
|
||||
"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the"
|
||||
" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:36
|
||||
msgid "Start Chatting"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message "
|
||||
"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If "
|
||||
"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite"
|
||||
" of where you are in Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of"
|
||||
" your browser."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to "
|
||||
"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels <team_communication>`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:61
|
||||
msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:64
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer "
|
||||
"to a channel, type *#channel-name*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or "
|
||||
"through email, depending on his settings."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values "
|
||||
"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the "
|
||||
"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the"
|
||||
" scope of the search becomes all partners."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:78
|
||||
msgid "Chat status"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can "
|
||||
"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the "
|
||||
"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging "
|
||||
"menu*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84
|
||||
msgid "Green = online"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:85
|
||||
msgid "Orange = away"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86
|
||||
msgid "White = offline"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87
|
||||
msgid "Airplane = out of the office"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`team_communication`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you "
|
||||
"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to "
|
||||
"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance "
|
||||
"of having overlapping actions between team members."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the "
|
||||
"*Activities* menu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Plan activities"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatter by clicking on "
|
||||
"*Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "Set your activity types"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, "
|
||||
"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure"
|
||||
" to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46
|
||||
msgid "Recommend next activities"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set "
|
||||
"*Recommended Next Activities*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and"
|
||||
" next steps are suggested to you."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`get_started`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, "
|
||||
"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular "
|
||||
"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the "
|
||||
"latest developments."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Public and Private channels"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only "
|
||||
"visible to users invited to it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information"
|
||||
" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used "
|
||||
"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a "
|
||||
"specific department)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26
|
||||
msgid "Configuration options"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by"
|
||||
" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36
|
||||
msgid "Privacy and Members"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control "
|
||||
"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* "
|
||||
"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would"
|
||||
" a public one."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your "
|
||||
"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on "
|
||||
"*Invite*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* "
|
||||
"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while "
|
||||
"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto "
|
||||
"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they "
|
||||
"are part of the group."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55
|
||||
msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a "
|
||||
"mailing list."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that "
|
||||
"messages will need to be approved before being sent."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you"
|
||||
" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions"
|
||||
" to newcomers."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* "
|
||||
"messages."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of "
|
||||
"their :doc:`notification preference <get_started>`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email "
|
||||
"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91
|
||||
msgid "Quick search bar"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if "
|
||||
"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a "
|
||||
"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations"
|
||||
" and quickly find the one you need."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103
|
||||
msgid "Finding channels"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public "
|
||||
"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function "
|
||||
"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a "
|
||||
"single character."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1,817 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: de\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "eCommerce"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Get started"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to customize my catalog page"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "Product Catalog"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, "
|
||||
"website categories, etc."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Highlight a product"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make "
|
||||
"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop"
|
||||
" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"See how to do it: "
|
||||
"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Quick add to cart"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by "
|
||||
"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description "
|
||||
"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: "
|
||||
"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description "
|
||||
"better)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to build a product page"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17
|
||||
msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Manage my products"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to display several images per product"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product "
|
||||
"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn "
|
||||
"the image into a carrousel."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> "
|
||||
"Configuration --> Settings`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*"
|
||||
" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to show product availability"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure "
|
||||
"your customers."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select "
|
||||
"an option in *Availability*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery "
|
||||
"delay, etc."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it "
|
||||
"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the "
|
||||
"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to manage product variants"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your "
|
||||
"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt "
|
||||
"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer "
|
||||
"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the "
|
||||
"available options."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "How to create attributes & variants"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: "
|
||||
"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, "
|
||||
"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there "
|
||||
"are 2 values for 1 attribute."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30
|
||||
msgid "How to edit variants"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32
|
||||
msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40
|
||||
msgid "You can edit following data:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42
|
||||
msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website),"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43
|
||||
msgid "Barcode,"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #),"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45
|
||||
msgid "Volume,"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46
|
||||
msgid "Weight,"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47
|
||||
msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need "
|
||||
"to populate them once the variants generated."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> "
|
||||
"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of "
|
||||
"variants."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58
|
||||
msgid "How to set specific prices per variant"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant "
|
||||
"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding "
|
||||
"attribute value is selected."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for "
|
||||
"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80
|
||||
msgid "How to disable/archive variants"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer "
|
||||
"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, "
|
||||
"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants "
|
||||
"list. You can reactivate them the same way."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Maximize my revenue"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch "
|
||||
"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling "
|
||||
"functionalities:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "Accessory products on checkout page,"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "Accessory products when checking out"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer "
|
||||
"reviews the cart before paying."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case "
|
||||
"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several "
|
||||
"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of "
|
||||
"suggested accessories."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "Optional products when adding to cart"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for "
|
||||
"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main "
|
||||
"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40
|
||||
msgid "To publish optional products:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the "
|
||||
"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show "
|
||||
"up."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48
|
||||
msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "force a price by geo-localization,"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "let the customer choose the currency."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: "
|
||||
":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet "
|
||||
"logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23
|
||||
msgid "Currency selector"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose "
|
||||
"their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website "
|
||||
"drop-down menu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`promo_code`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to create & share promotional codes"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing "
|
||||
"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "Setup"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based"
|
||||
" on formula* for *Sale Price*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a"
|
||||
" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a "
|
||||
"code."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in "
|
||||
"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* "
|
||||
"prices get automatically updated in the cart."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can "
|
||||
"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39
|
||||
msgid "Show sales per pricelists..."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`pricing`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to enable comments & rating"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust "
|
||||
"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow "
|
||||
"your customer to share their feedback!"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web "
|
||||
"page."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do "
|
||||
"so (see Portal documentation)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "Review the posts in real time"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product "
|
||||
"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as "
|
||||
"follower."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in "
|
||||
"the product discussion thread)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43
|
||||
msgid "Moderate & unpublish"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail "
|
||||
"form or on the web page."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* "
|
||||
"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56
|
||||
msgid "..tip::"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*"
|
||||
" smart button (and vice versa)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products "
|
||||
"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more"
|
||||
" time browsing your catalog."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "To do so:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail "
|
||||
"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your "
|
||||
"customers will be confused."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web "
|
||||
"page."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Overview"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no "
|
||||
"time. The topics follow the buying process:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "Product Page"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "Shop Page"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "Pricing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16
|
||||
msgid "Taxes"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17
|
||||
msgid "Checkout process"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "Upselling & cross-selling"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "Payment"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Shipping & Tracking"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Launch my website"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Get paid"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a"
|
||||
" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on "
|
||||
"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "What are the payment status"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need "
|
||||
"to authorize it from the acquirer interface."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo,"
|
||||
" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the"
|
||||
" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been "
|
||||
"confirmed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to "
|
||||
"retry the payment. The order is still in draft."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer "
|
||||
"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, "
|
||||
"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such "
|
||||
"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically "
|
||||
"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice "
|
||||
"orders straight on."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in "
|
||||
"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically "
|
||||
"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank "
|
||||
"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you"
|
||||
" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That "
|
||||
"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books "
|
||||
"until you get paid into your bank account (see "
|
||||
":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:63
|
||||
msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once "
|
||||
"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is "
|
||||
"only available with Authorize.net."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click "
|
||||
"*Capture Transaction*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:77
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own "
|
||||
"interfaces, not from Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How customers can access their customer account"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer "
|
||||
"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are"
|
||||
" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and "
|
||||
"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup "
|
||||
"process before buying something."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "Sign up"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the "
|
||||
"order from order confirmation email."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23
|
||||
msgid "Customer account"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*"
|
||||
" in the login dropdown menu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be "
|
||||
"modified."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they "
|
||||
"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Collect taxes"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1,284 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: de\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Email Marketing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Overview"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Work with Mailing Lists"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Mailing lists can be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as "
|
||||
"they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, and"
|
||||
" consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Create mailing lists"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable "
|
||||
"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when "
|
||||
"unsubscribing."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on"
|
||||
" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23
|
||||
msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to "
|
||||
"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective "
|
||||
"mailing list."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:34
|
||||
msgid "Contacts"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of"
|
||||
" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually "
|
||||
"created here."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Open a contact form to see or add different mailing lists to which the "
|
||||
"contact is or will be part of."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:51
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`send_emails`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to "
|
||||
"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think "
|
||||
"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option "
|
||||
"*Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he is "
|
||||
"redirected to the following page:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"After clicking on the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you "
|
||||
"are sent to an error page (*error 403 - Access Denied*). If you want to be "
|
||||
"sure the link is working properly, create your mass mail and send it only to"
|
||||
" a personal email."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing "
|
||||
"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive"
|
||||
" *any* more emails from you."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for"
|
||||
" users."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email "
|
||||
"addresses are shown."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of "
|
||||
"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates"
|
||||
" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Choose the right target and create the message"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Choosing *Contacts* as *Recipients* (for example), allows you to add "
|
||||
"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH "
|
||||
"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these "
|
||||
"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by "
|
||||
"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible "
|
||||
"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if "
|
||||
"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the"
|
||||
" sender (*Send From*)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers "
|
||||
"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address."
|
||||
" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts or "
|
||||
"contacts as recipients."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:45
|
||||
msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Save*: the work is allocated in the *draft* column in the Kanban view. "
|
||||
"Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* "
|
||||
"deletes the email."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:54
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test "
|
||||
"contacts to avoid errors."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:56
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Send* triggers the email with the next run and put the work on the *queue* "
|
||||
"column in the Kanban view."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time, and puts the email in the "
|
||||
"*queue* column in the Kanban view."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The daily limit is applied for **all emails** sent, in other words, "
|
||||
"throughout all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have "
|
||||
"remaining ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically "
|
||||
"the next day. You need to force that by opening the email and clicking on "
|
||||
"*Retry*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:67
|
||||
msgid "Manage campaigns"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:69
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing "
|
||||
"Campaigns*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing"
|
||||
" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:72
|
||||
msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:80
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push "
|
||||
"Notification feature, you see the option to create content for those "
|
||||
"channels. You also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. All of"
|
||||
" this is possible because the applications work integrated."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:85
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:86
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1,429 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: de\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Events"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Integrations"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Communicating about my Event using SMS Text Messages"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Using SMS as a communication strategy for your event establishes interaction"
|
||||
" between organizers, attendees, speakers and further targets. It allows your"
|
||||
" message to be heard whether the goal is to send out reminders, teasers or "
|
||||
"to advertise."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:10
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:9 ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Configuration"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under *Communication* SMS is a standard feature. That means nothing needs to"
|
||||
" be enabled or installed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the other hand, to contact the speakers of your event, you need the *SMS "
|
||||
"Marketing* application installed, and to enable *Schedule & Tracks* under "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The *Schedule & Tracks* feature allows you to manage the agenda and speakers"
|
||||
" of your event. For more details watch: `Creating an agenda for your event "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/create-an-agenda-for-your-"
|
||||
"event-717?fullscreen=1>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "Send SMSs to attendees"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under *Communication*, the message’s target is the attendees of your event."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can choose to confirm each registration with the *Registration* "
|
||||
"template, and to send a reminder shortly before the event takes place with "
|
||||
"the *Reminder* template."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:38
|
||||
msgid "To make changes in an existing template, click on the external link."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:45
|
||||
msgid "Send SMSs to speakers and further targets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The benefit of the integration with the *SMS Marketing* application is that "
|
||||
"you can choose the target you would like your message to be delivered to. To"
|
||||
" get started, click on *Contact Track Speakers*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:56
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If *Event Track* is not your target (*Recipient*), choose the right one. "
|
||||
"*Filters* are eligible here."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the example below, the SMS would be sent to the speakers who are in the "
|
||||
"stage *Proposal* on *Event Track*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Credits are required to be able to send SMSs. For more information about "
|
||||
"Pricing :doc:`click here <../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`, "
|
||||
"and, about IAP Services :doc:`here "
|
||||
"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Overview"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Create your First Event"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Some of the reasons why hosting events is essential are:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "To create an engaging experience with your audience;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "To generate word of mouth about your company;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "To allow networking;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To provide an opportunity for sales representatives to walk their prospects "
|
||||
"through the product and even their pipeline."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "Get started"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under the menu *Events*, have a view of all existing events and some key "
|
||||
"information, such as the number of expected and confirmed attendees."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To start a new one, click on *Create* and fill in the form with all the "
|
||||
"needed information. Enable *Website Menu* to have the menus *Introduction*, "
|
||||
"*Location*, and *Register* being shown on your event’s website page."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To personalize these pages, click on *Edit* to open the `website builder "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/website-basics-643?fullscreen=1>`_, and "
|
||||
"edit content by dragging and dropping blocks."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:40
|
||||
msgid "Tab: Tickets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable "
|
||||
":doc:`Tickets and Online Ticketing <tickets>`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, under the *Tickets* Tab, add lines to include the different ticket "
|
||||
"types you offer. Include the price, the start and end dates for "
|
||||
"registrations, and even the maximum number of tickets that can be sold."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The *Reserved Seats* and *Unconfirmed Seat Reservations* are counted as "
|
||||
"attendees are marked as :doc:`confirmed <track_attendees>` or not."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:55
|
||||
msgid "Tab: Communication"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Choose the email and/or SMS message template, as well as the frequency with "
|
||||
"which you would like to communicate with your attendees under the tab "
|
||||
"*Communication*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Create a template on the fly or choose an existing one. Define the "
|
||||
"*Interval* (2, 7, 15..) for the *Unit* (days, hours, weeks, etc.), and the "
|
||||
"*Trigger* action (after registration, after the event, etc.)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:68
|
||||
msgid "Tab: Questions"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:70
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Questions*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:72
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, under the tab *Questions*, edit your questions and answers, choosing if"
|
||||
" you would like your questionnaire to be asked per order or per "
|
||||
"registration."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:75
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Example of a registration for 3 attendees: if enabling the option *Ask each "
|
||||
"attendee*, the questionnaire is shown 3 times, meaning that answers can vary"
|
||||
" for each attendee; if *Ask each attendee* is not enabled, the questionnaire"
|
||||
" is shown once, resulting in a global answer."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:81
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once your event is *Confirmed*, you can manage attendees badges, and mark "
|
||||
"the event as *Finished*. Events marked as *Finished* can be *Set to draft*, "
|
||||
"putting the event back to an *Unconfirmed* stage from which it can be edited"
|
||||
" and used again."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:90
|
||||
msgid "Publish your event"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:92
|
||||
msgid "*Go to Website* and turn *Published* on."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:99
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`track_attendees`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:100
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`tickets`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:101
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`track_talks`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Selling Tickets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you automate processes, you save time. If you give attendees multiple "
|
||||
"payment options to choose from, you allow flexibility and open margins for "
|
||||
"more registrations to happen."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Tickets* and"
|
||||
" *Online Ticketing*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Tickets* allow tickets to be sold "
|
||||
":ref:`events/create_event/through_sales_orders`. *Online Ticketing* allows "
|
||||
"the sale of tickets to happen "
|
||||
":ref:`events/create_event/through_the_website`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "Through Sales Orders"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the *Sales* application, choose the event product you created and add it "
|
||||
"as a product line. A window pops-up, allowing you to choose the event for "
|
||||
"which you want to create the sales order."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Remember to create a product form for the event registration, under "
|
||||
"*Product*, in the *Sales* application, and to add that same product under "
|
||||
"your event’s form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:43
|
||||
msgid "Through the Website"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the website, once tickets are added to the cart, the user can continue "
|
||||
"the transaction choosing among the payment methods you chose to have "
|
||||
"available."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Track your Attendees"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Attendees are at the heart of your event. Keeping track of their number and "
|
||||
"managing their registration and attendance is necessary for planning and "
|
||||
"analyzing reasons."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Attendees list and attendance"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once attendees have registered or bought their tickets, they are added to "
|
||||
"the *Attendees* list."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Tickets sold through sales orders validate attendees as soon as the "
|
||||
"quotation is confirmed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The check mark button is used to confirm the registration. Once a "
|
||||
"registration is confirmed, attendance can be marked."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:26
|
||||
msgid "Bagdes and cancellations"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the attendees form, choose to send badges manually by clicking on *Send "
|
||||
"By Email*. *Cancel Registration* to have that attendee being moved to the "
|
||||
"*Cancelled* stage."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To see a list of your canceled attendees, under *Filters*, add a *Custom "
|
||||
"Filter* choosing *Status > is > Cancelled*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:44
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../integrations/integration_sms`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Track and Manage Talks"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Allow partners to submit talk proposals so they can share their knowledge "
|
||||
"and expertise. Good speakers and talks are what make your event great."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable "
|
||||
"*Schedule & Tracks*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, in your event's form, once *Website menu* is enabled, the options "
|
||||
"*Tracks on Website* and *Track Proposals on Website* become available. "
|
||||
"Enabling them adds the menus *Talks*, *Talk Proposals*, and *Agenda* to your"
|
||||
" website."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Besides having the ability to suggest their own talks, the website now "
|
||||
"allows users to see a list of the whole agenda and scheduled talks."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To handle tracks internally and not have the menus *Talks*, *Talk "
|
||||
"Proposals*, and *Agenda* online, use the menu *Tracks* individually."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:32
|
||||
msgid "Publishing speaker proposals"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once partners have filled in the appropriate form and submitted their "
|
||||
"proposals, a new *Proposal* is instantly created under the menu *Track*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If the proposal is accepted and can go online, simply open its form and "
|
||||
"click on *Go to Website*. From the website page, turn *Published* on."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1,340 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: de\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Expenses"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "How to set expense types"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed "
|
||||
"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* "
|
||||
"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on "
|
||||
"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the "
|
||||
"real cost per expense."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:17
|
||||
msgid "Here are some examples to configure:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "Restaurant:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:21 ../../expense/expense.rst:27
|
||||
msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "Travel with Personal Car:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:24
|
||||
msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "Hotel:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Others:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "Cost: 0.0"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if "
|
||||
"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is "
|
||||
"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price <taxes/included-in-price>`. That"
|
||||
" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is "
|
||||
"usually the expected behaviour."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense "
|
||||
"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> "
|
||||
"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased "
|
||||
"in different units of measure (advanced)*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:48
|
||||
msgid "How to record expenses"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:51
|
||||
msgid "Manually"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses "
|
||||
"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with "
|
||||
"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of "
|
||||
"hotel nights)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:62
|
||||
msgid "Enter the expense date."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:63
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if "
|
||||
"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan "
|
||||
"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and "
|
||||
"the accountant validate it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:73
|
||||
msgid "In one click from emails"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:74
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a "
|
||||
"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:77
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* "
|
||||
"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee "
|
||||
"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:83
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the "
|
||||
"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in "
|
||||
"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:88
|
||||
msgid "How to submit expenses to managers"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:90
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end "
|
||||
"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My "
|
||||
"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and"
|
||||
" click on :menuselection:`Action --> Submit to Manager`. Save the newly "
|
||||
"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to "
|
||||
"approve it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:100
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button "
|
||||
"on the form view of an expense."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:103
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses "
|
||||
"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:108
|
||||
msgid "How to approve expenses"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:110
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from"
|
||||
" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. "
|
||||
"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:117
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as "
|
||||
"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:123
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team "
|
||||
"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those "
|
||||
"employees."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:131
|
||||
msgid "How to post expenses in accounting"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:133
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to"
|
||||
" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to "
|
||||
"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to"
|
||||
" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have "
|
||||
"following access rights:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:139
|
||||
msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:140
|
||||
msgid "Expenses: Manager"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:143
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get"
|
||||
" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to "
|
||||
"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in"
|
||||
" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person "
|
||||
"is using Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:150
|
||||
msgid "How to reimburse employees"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:152
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To "
|
||||
"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:156
|
||||
msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:158
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:159
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:163
|
||||
msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:165
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your"
|
||||
" customers automatically."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:169
|
||||
msgid "Setup"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:171
|
||||
msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:173
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all "
|
||||
"your Expense types:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:176
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:179
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses "
|
||||
"quantity"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:182
|
||||
msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:184
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale "
|
||||
"order."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:191
|
||||
msgid "Create an order"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:193
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered "
|
||||
"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be "
|
||||
"added automatically once posted by the accountant."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:198
|
||||
msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:204
|
||||
msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:206
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on"
|
||||
" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees"
|
||||
" are already able to set one when submitting."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:213
|
||||
msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:216
|
||||
msgid "Invoice expenses"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:218
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> "
|
||||
"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically "
|
||||
"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:226
|
||||
msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: de\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expenses.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Expenses"
|
||||
msgstr "Aufwand"
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: de\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Field Service"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Helpdesk"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Plan onsite interventions from helpdesk tickets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The integration with the Helpdesk app lets your helpdesk team manage "
|
||||
"intervention requests directly. Planning field service tasks from tickets "
|
||||
"speeds up your processes."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "Configure the helpdesk team"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select"
|
||||
" a team and enable *Onsite Interventions*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The helpdesk tickets of the team now display the *Plan Intervention* button."
|
||||
" Click on it to create a new task under your field service project."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Sales"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Create onsite interventions from sales orders"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions creates a seamless "
|
||||
"experience for your customers. They can receive a quotation they first have "
|
||||
"to approve before the work even starts."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "Configure a product"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Products` and "
|
||||
"create or edit a product."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under the *General Information* tab, select *Service* as *Product Type*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under the *Sales* tab, select *Timesheets on tasks* as *Service Invoicing "
|
||||
"Policy*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "Select *Create a task in an existing project* as *Service Tracking*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:17
|
||||
msgid "Select your *Project*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you use them, select your *Worksheet Template* and then click on *Save*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"From the *Sales* app, create a quotation with the product and confirm it. A "
|
||||
"task is automatically set up under your Field Service project. It is "
|
||||
"directly accessible from the sales order."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -1,379 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: de\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack "
|
||||
"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our "
|
||||
"product."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate "
|
||||
"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person"
|
||||
" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the"
|
||||
" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From"
|
||||
" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency"
|
||||
" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good "
|
||||
"practices."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible"
|
||||
" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention "
|
||||
"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business "
|
||||
"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the "
|
||||
"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise "
|
||||
"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an"
|
||||
" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are"
|
||||
" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those "
|
||||
"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional "
|
||||
"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his "
|
||||
"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary "
|
||||
"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-"
|
||||
"learning via the :doc:`Odoo documentation <../index>`, `The elearning "
|
||||
"platform <https://odoo.com/learn>`_ and the testing of functionalities."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49
|
||||
msgid "Project Scope"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:51
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is "
|
||||
"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the "
|
||||
"project implementation is pursuing."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:55
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of "
|
||||
"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. "
|
||||
"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of "
|
||||
"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more"
|
||||
" clear."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent "
|
||||
"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo"
|
||||
" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This "
|
||||
"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in "
|
||||
"the implementation."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:68
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great "
|
||||
"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more "
|
||||
"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard "
|
||||
"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project"
|
||||
" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid "
|
||||
"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software "
|
||||
"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an "
|
||||
"experiment of the standard in production."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82
|
||||
msgid "Managing expectations"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:84
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of "
|
||||
"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into"
|
||||
" account from the beginning of the project:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:88
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and "
|
||||
"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation,"
|
||||
" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo "
|
||||
"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time "
|
||||
"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly "
|
||||
"check that this is still the case."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:96
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal "
|
||||
"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them"
|
||||
" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs "
|
||||
"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an"
|
||||
" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the "
|
||||
"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining "
|
||||
"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio "
|
||||
"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be "
|
||||
"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a "
|
||||
"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed "
|
||||
"to pursue this same objective."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:110
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and "
|
||||
"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to "
|
||||
"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of "
|
||||
"tools\\* :"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:115
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard "
|
||||
"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be "
|
||||
"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:120
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities "
|
||||
"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, "
|
||||
"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:128
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A "
|
||||
"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main "
|
||||
"lines of expected changes."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:132
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with"
|
||||
" the changes related to the interface."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:135
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and "
|
||||
"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project "
|
||||
"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the "
|
||||
"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without "
|
||||
"verifying its veracity beforehand."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:141
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more "
|
||||
"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145
|
||||
msgid "Communication Strategy"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of "
|
||||
"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the "
|
||||
"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to "
|
||||
"follow those principles:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:152
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure "
|
||||
"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to "
|
||||
"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project "
|
||||
"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be "
|
||||
"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the"
|
||||
" manager are clearly defined."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:160
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both "
|
||||
"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation "
|
||||
"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168
|
||||
msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is "
|
||||
"reached;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:173
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177
|
||||
msgid "Customizations and Development"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:179
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution "
|
||||
"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast "
|
||||
"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be "
|
||||
"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis,"
|
||||
" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant "
|
||||
"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an"
|
||||
" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted "
|
||||
"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid "
|
||||
"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties."
|
||||
" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development "
|
||||
"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see "
|
||||
"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:196
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to "
|
||||
"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of"
|
||||
" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator"
|
||||
" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the "
|
||||
"business processes of the company."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204
|
||||
msgid "Testing and Validation principles"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:206
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to"
|
||||
" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational "
|
||||
"needs of the company."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible "
|
||||
"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the "
|
||||
"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the "
|
||||
"requirements of the operational reality."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:216
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the "
|
||||
"noted gap is caused by:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is "
|
||||
"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:223
|
||||
msgid "**or**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:225
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational "
|
||||
"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:229
|
||||
msgid "Data Imports"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must "
|
||||
"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, "
|
||||
"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, "
|
||||
"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, "
|
||||
"it will be decided :"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, "
|
||||
"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, "
|
||||
"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When "
|
||||
"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, "
|
||||
"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information "
|
||||
"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the"
|
||||
" import will be made before the production launch."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be "
|
||||
"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these "
|
||||
"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the "
|
||||
"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:256
|
||||
msgid "Support"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your "
|
||||
"questions or technical issues."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:261
|
||||
msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1,870 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: de\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Helpdesk"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Advanced"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "After Sales Features"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team "
|
||||
"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is "
|
||||
"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage"
|
||||
" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite "
|
||||
"interventions from a ticket’s page."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Set up the after sales services"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and "
|
||||
"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and "
|
||||
"Onsite Interventions*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For"
|
||||
" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the "
|
||||
"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and "
|
||||
"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30
|
||||
msgid "Allow product returns from tickets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is"
|
||||
" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39
|
||||
msgid "Grant coupons from tickets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or "
|
||||
"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on "
|
||||
"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48
|
||||
msgid "Repairs from tickets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is"
|
||||
" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57
|
||||
msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite "
|
||||
"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* "
|
||||
"application."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-"
|
||||
"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:68
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/repair/repair`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize "
|
||||
"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes"
|
||||
" communication and actions more efficient."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Configure the feature"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> "
|
||||
"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is "
|
||||
"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For "
|
||||
"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` "
|
||||
"and enable *Closing Stage*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the "
|
||||
"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the "
|
||||
"ticket is put in the first one."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36
|
||||
msgid "The Costumer Portal"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is "
|
||||
"available."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45
|
||||
msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add "
|
||||
"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Overview"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Forum and eLearning"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "Forum"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer "
|
||||
"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more "
|
||||
"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details"
|
||||
" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and "
|
||||
"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your "
|
||||
"community!)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Set up"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and "
|
||||
"enable *Help Center*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing "
|
||||
"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only "
|
||||
"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are "
|
||||
"allowed per question."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of "
|
||||
"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on "
|
||||
"the ticket's page."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45
|
||||
msgid "eLearning"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your "
|
||||
"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost"
|
||||
" efficiency as they can also find their answers there."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and "
|
||||
"enable *eLearning*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by "
|
||||
"clicking on *Unpublished*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View "
|
||||
"Course*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73
|
||||
msgid "Todo"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE "
|
||||
"AVAILABLE!"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Getting Started"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they"
|
||||
" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful "
|
||||
"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline,"
|
||||
" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Set up teams"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration "
|
||||
"--> Helpdesk Teams`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels "
|
||||
"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, "
|
||||
"accounting, admin, etc.)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get "
|
||||
"redirected to the right person:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage "
|
||||
"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. "
|
||||
"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens "
|
||||
"automatically;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of "
|
||||
"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure "
|
||||
"that all tickets get to be taken care of."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team "
|
||||
"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include "
|
||||
"all employees (with the proper access rights)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access "
|
||||
"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only "
|
||||
"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees "
|
||||
"(with the proper access rights)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46
|
||||
msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> "
|
||||
"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams "
|
||||
"to use certain stages under *Team*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt "
|
||||
"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and "
|
||||
"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../general/odoo_basics/add_user`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Ratings"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to "
|
||||
"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence"
|
||||
" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve"
|
||||
" the quality of your services."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and "
|
||||
"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email "
|
||||
"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to "
|
||||
"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit"
|
||||
" Stage*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, "
|
||||
"an email is sent to the customer."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Ratings can be seen on the chatter of each ticket, under the *See Customer "
|
||||
"Satisfaction* link on the main dashboard, and through *Reporting*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39
|
||||
msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and "
|
||||
"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk"
|
||||
" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../portal/my_odoo_portal`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:52
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Start Receiving Tickets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you "
|
||||
"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves."
|
||||
" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it "
|
||||
"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Channels options to submit tickets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and "
|
||||
"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your "
|
||||
"users."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "Email Alias"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email "
|
||||
"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and "
|
||||
"the content is shown in the Chatter."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from "
|
||||
"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias "
|
||||
"Domain*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo "
|
||||
"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email "
|
||||
"server."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39
|
||||
msgid "Website Form"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your "
|
||||
"website."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on"
|
||||
" *Go to Website*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by "
|
||||
"clicking on *Unpublished*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56
|
||||
msgid "Live Chat"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can "
|
||||
"be instantly created and redirected to the right person."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* "
|
||||
"- and :doc:`set up your channel <../../livechat/overview/get_started>`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command "
|
||||
"<../../livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk (subject_of_ticket)*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72
|
||||
msgid "Prioritize tickets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the"
|
||||
" top of your list on the Kanban view."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77
|
||||
msgid "1 star = *Low priority*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78
|
||||
msgid "2 stars = *High priority*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79
|
||||
msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`sla`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Reports for a Better Support"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting "
|
||||
"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, "
|
||||
"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s "
|
||||
"expectations."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Cases"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the "
|
||||
"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous "
|
||||
"Period* or a *Previous Year*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order "
|
||||
"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how"
|
||||
" many requests they are able to handle."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and "
|
||||
"ticket type."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close "
|
||||
"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want "
|
||||
"their issues to be handled quickly."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48
|
||||
msgid "Save filters"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every"
|
||||
" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures "
|
||||
"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers "
|
||||
"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and "
|
||||
"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, "
|
||||
"and when."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Create your policies"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like "
|
||||
"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration "
|
||||
"--> Helpdesk Teams`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**"
|
||||
" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to"
|
||||
" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a "
|
||||
"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If "
|
||||
"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all"
|
||||
" SLAs is the one considered."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and "
|
||||
"the deadline field is not shown anymore."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37
|
||||
msgid "SLA Analysis"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply"
|
||||
" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and"
|
||||
" keep track of upcoming deadlines."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Timesheet and Invoice"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales "
|
||||
"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, "
|
||||
"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the "
|
||||
"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your "
|
||||
"customer needs."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create"
|
||||
" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time "
|
||||
"Reinvoicing*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created"
|
||||
" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be "
|
||||
"ultimately modified on each ticket."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "Step 2: Set up a service"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable "
|
||||
"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as "
|
||||
"the unit of measure of your service."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit"
|
||||
" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the "
|
||||
"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of "
|
||||
"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours "
|
||||
"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales"
|
||||
" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, "
|
||||
"automating the process."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow "
|
||||
"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs "
|
||||
"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the "
|
||||
"time spent on a ticket."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58
|
||||
msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61
|
||||
msgid "Step 1: Place an order"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the "
|
||||
"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who "
|
||||
"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the "
|
||||
"customer and *Confirm* the order."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72
|
||||
msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74
|
||||
msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82
|
||||
msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the "
|
||||
"task created by the confirmation of the sales order."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92
|
||||
msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under "
|
||||
"the *Timesheets* tab."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*"
|
||||
" column in the sales order."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on "
|
||||
"the dedicated task."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/management/products/uom`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets "
|
||||
"into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more "
|
||||
"control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Configuration"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`"
|
||||
" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and "
|
||||
"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable "
|
||||
"the feature *Bill from tasks*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under"
|
||||
" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
@ -17,10 +17,6 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"Language: de\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../index.rst:7 ../../index.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Index"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../index.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Odoo User Documentation"
|
||||
#: ../../content/index.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Odoo Documentation"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
7624
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po
Normal file
7624
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -1,794 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: de\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Configuration"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "Ethernet Connection"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables"
|
||||
" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:26
|
||||
msgid "Power on the IoT Box."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the "
|
||||
"IoT Box."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:32
|
||||
msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection "
|
||||
"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the"
|
||||
" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:40
|
||||
msgid "WiFi Connection"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:42
|
||||
msgid "Power on the IoT Box"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "Copy the token"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable "
|
||||
"plugged in your computer)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect "
|
||||
"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) "
|
||||
"and paste the token, then click on next."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:60
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token "
|
||||
"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-"
|
||||
"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become "
|
||||
"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:66
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if "
|
||||
"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being "
|
||||
"redirected to your database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:72
|
||||
msgid "You should now see the IoT Box."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:78
|
||||
msgid "IoT Box Schema"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Flashing your SD Card"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from"
|
||||
" our latest updates."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. "
|
||||
"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade "
|
||||
"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself "
|
||||
"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the "
|
||||
"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "Upgrade with Etcher"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__. "
|
||||
"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install "
|
||||
"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly "
|
||||
"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/iotbox/>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just "
|
||||
"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. "
|
||||
"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Prerequisites"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps "
|
||||
"installed"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash "
|
||||
"drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of "
|
||||
"supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/point-of-sale-hardware>`__"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:30
|
||||
msgid "Set Up"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to "
|
||||
"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation <connect>`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:36
|
||||
msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the "
|
||||
"network and power it on."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an "
|
||||
"RJ25 cable."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode"
|
||||
" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character "
|
||||
"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode "
|
||||
"scanner."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:49
|
||||
msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:51
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. "
|
||||
"You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by "
|
||||
"accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:56
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please"
|
||||
" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation "
|
||||
"<../../point_of_sale/payment>`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:60
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and"
|
||||
" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:68
|
||||
msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Troubleshooting"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "IoT Box Connection"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT "
|
||||
"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16
|
||||
msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's "
|
||||
"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or "
|
||||
"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will"
|
||||
" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see "
|
||||
":doc:`Flashing your SD Card <flash_sdcard>`)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box "
|
||||
"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to"
|
||||
" the micro-USB port."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if "
|
||||
"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your "
|
||||
"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that "
|
||||
"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't "
|
||||
"use a multi-database environment."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42
|
||||
msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on"
|
||||
" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local "
|
||||
"network."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49
|
||||
msgid "Printer"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52
|
||||
msgid "My printer is not detected"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT "
|
||||
"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers "
|
||||
"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you "
|
||||
"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66
|
||||
msgid "My printer outputs random text"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and "
|
||||
"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might "
|
||||
"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random "
|
||||
"characters."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box "
|
||||
"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select "
|
||||
"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify "
|
||||
"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to "
|
||||
"your printer."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a "
|
||||
"driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88
|
||||
msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is "
|
||||
"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, "
|
||||
"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by "
|
||||
"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer "
|
||||
"mode and look for the corresponding template."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97
|
||||
msgid "Barcode Scanner"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100
|
||||
msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. "
|
||||
"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode "
|
||||
"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device "
|
||||
"and select the correct one."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108
|
||||
msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale "
|
||||
"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character"
|
||||
" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115
|
||||
msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode "
|
||||
"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the "
|
||||
"IoT Box."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and "
|
||||
"activating the *Is scanner* option."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128
|
||||
msgid "Cashdrawer"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131
|
||||
msgid "The cashdrawer does not open"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* "
|
||||
"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Devices"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Connect a Camera"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can"
|
||||
" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you "
|
||||
"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. "
|
||||
"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality "
|
||||
"control point."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:12 ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Connection"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-"
|
||||
"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as "
|
||||
"soon as it is connected."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:28 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34
|
||||
msgid "With the Manufacturing app"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control "
|
||||
"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open "
|
||||
"the control point you want to link with the camera."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown "
|
||||
"list. Now, hit save."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the "
|
||||
"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before"
|
||||
" will allow you to take a picture."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Connect a Footswitch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using "
|
||||
"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform "
|
||||
"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be "
|
||||
"configured in a few steps."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect"
|
||||
" the two by cable."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-"
|
||||
"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be "
|
||||
"automatically detected when connected."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26
|
||||
msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a "
|
||||
"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add "
|
||||
"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and"
|
||||
" also add a key to trigger it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order "
|
||||
"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, "
|
||||
"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are "
|
||||
"correctly connected to the footswitch."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your "
|
||||
"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Connect in USB"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, "
|
||||
"and the device should appear in your Odoo database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "Connect in Bluetooth"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further "
|
||||
"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the "
|
||||
"device."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control "
|
||||
"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* "
|
||||
"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown "
|
||||
"list. Then, hit save."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The "
|
||||
"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated "
|
||||
"while the tool is being used."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Connect a Printer"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so"
|
||||
" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use "
|
||||
"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. "
|
||||
"`Supported printers <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__ will be "
|
||||
"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT "
|
||||
"app."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24
|
||||
msgid "Link the Printer"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:27
|
||||
msgid "To Work Orders"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to "
|
||||
"print labels for manufactured products."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* "
|
||||
"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work "
|
||||
"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a"
|
||||
" *Print Label* button will appear."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:47
|
||||
msgid "To Reports"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, "
|
||||
"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:56
|
||||
msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check"
|
||||
" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on "
|
||||
"select and save."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:68
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of "
|
||||
"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically"
|
||||
" print it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:73
|
||||
msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:75
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts"
|
||||
" directly from your *PoS*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:78
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point"
|
||||
" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check "
|
||||
"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the "
|
||||
"dropdown."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: "
|
||||
"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:89
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated "
|
||||
"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:92
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar "
|
||||
"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the "
|
||||
"current day."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:99
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant"
|
||||
" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the "
|
||||
"left panel of the *PoS*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:107
|
||||
msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:109
|
||||
msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick "
|
||||
"*Order Printer*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:117
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the "
|
||||
"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the "
|
||||
"categories of products that should be printed on this printer."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:124
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected "
|
||||
"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT "
|
||||
"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1,269 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: de\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Overview"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Get Started with Live Chat"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It "
|
||||
"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers"
|
||||
" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: "
|
||||
"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Set up"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created "
|
||||
"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to"
|
||||
" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
|
||||
"Live Chat`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27
|
||||
msgid "For both scenarios, under:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as "
|
||||
"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in "
|
||||
"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an "
|
||||
"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is "
|
||||
"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. "
|
||||
"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after "
|
||||
"users (from any country) land on the contact us page."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s "
|
||||
"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. "
|
||||
"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48
|
||||
msgid "External options"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added"
|
||||
" to your own, under the *Widget* tab."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a "
|
||||
"single live chat page."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59
|
||||
msgid "Managing chat requests"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are "
|
||||
"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in"
|
||||
" Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online "
|
||||
"operators."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72
|
||||
msgid "Leave or join a channel"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your "
|
||||
"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`ratings`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`responses`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Ratings"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you "
|
||||
"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your "
|
||||
"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Customer Rating"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing "
|
||||
"for an explanation is shown."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35
|
||||
msgid "Make the rating public"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your "
|
||||
"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the "
|
||||
"rating of that channel on your website."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Commands and Canned Responses"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-"
|
||||
"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Use commands"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "**/help**: shows a help message."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:16
|
||||
msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:17
|
||||
msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your "
|
||||
"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> "
|
||||
"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut "
|
||||
"link."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as"
|
||||
" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:37
|
||||
msgid "Send canned responses"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when "
|
||||
"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat "
|
||||
"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the "
|
||||
"shortcut word you created."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
574
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po
Normal file
574
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,574 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2021
|
||||
# JackTheHunter <Maximilian.N98@gmail.com>, 2021
|
||||
# Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2021
|
||||
# Oliver Roch <oliver.roch@d9t.de>, 2021
|
||||
# philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2021
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2021\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: de\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Marketing"
|
||||
msgstr "Marketing"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Marketing Automation"
|
||||
msgstr "Marketing-Automatisierung"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Advanced"
|
||||
msgstr "Fortgeschritten"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Understanding Metrics"
|
||||
msgstr "Kennzahlen verstehen"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way "
|
||||
"of linking your employees to goals."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Kennzahlen sind Werte die Ihnen dabei helfen Fortschritt zu messen. Sie "
|
||||
"können ein mächtiges Werkzeug sein, um Ihre Mitarbeiter dabei zu "
|
||||
"unterstützen ihre Ziele zu erreichen."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics"
|
||||
" in a graph form and in numbers."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Let’s consider the example below:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down"
|
||||
" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an"
|
||||
" email address set."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria."
|
||||
msgstr "20 Datensätze erfüllen die Bedingungen."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they "
|
||||
"have matched the criteria."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will"
|
||||
" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or "
|
||||
"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in "
|
||||
"the meantime will be excluded from later activities."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, "
|
||||
"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - "
|
||||
"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants,"
|
||||
" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as "
|
||||
"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number "
|
||||
"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under "
|
||||
"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be"
|
||||
" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its "
|
||||
"domain one."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number "
|
||||
"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match"
|
||||
" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to "
|
||||
"the total number of participants."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to "
|
||||
"*Rejected*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected "
|
||||
"participants, per day, for the last 15 days."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be "
|
||||
"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from "
|
||||
"the beginning (parent action)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "SMS Marketing"
|
||||
msgstr "SMS Marketing"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Pricing and FAQ"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires "
|
||||
"prepaid credits* to work."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message,"
|
||||
" that includes the following characters:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in "
|
||||
"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above"
|
||||
" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the "
|
||||
"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The "
|
||||
"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message "
|
||||
"represents."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34
|
||||
msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of "
|
||||
"characters) of the message."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https"
|
||||
"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in "
|
||||
"your database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49
|
||||
msgid "How do I buy credits?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50
|
||||
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57
|
||||
msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you "
|
||||
"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70
|
||||
msgid "More common questions"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72
|
||||
msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74
|
||||
msgid "No, credits do not expire."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because "
|
||||
"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80
|
||||
msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83
|
||||
msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85
|
||||
msgid "Yes."
|
||||
msgstr "Ja."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88
|
||||
msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90
|
||||
msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to "
|
||||
"send them all?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent "
|
||||
"until you have enough credits to send them all."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99
|
||||
msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding "
|
||||
"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on "
|
||||
":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode/activate>` under "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107
|
||||
msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109
|
||||
msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I "
|
||||
"lose credits?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). "
|
||||
"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the "
|
||||
"credit will be lost."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a"
|
||||
" ticket for a festival)?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be "
|
||||
"charged."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125
|
||||
msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128
|
||||
msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:132
|
||||
msgid "**Can I use my own SMS provider?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:134
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Yes, but it is not possible out of the box. Our experts can help you "
|
||||
"customize your database to make it happen. Please, check our success packs "
|
||||
"`here <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Survey"
|
||||
msgstr "Umfrage"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Overview"
|
||||
msgstr "Übersicht"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Get Started with Surveys"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting "
|
||||
"customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased "
|
||||
"customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy"
|
||||
" and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your "
|
||||
"market is thinking."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Get started"
|
||||
msgstr "Beginnen"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* "
|
||||
"field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as "
|
||||
"different applications might use it for different purposes such as "
|
||||
"recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "Tab: Questions"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:24
|
||||
msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and "
|
||||
"the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and "
|
||||
"set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey "
|
||||
"without answering the respective question."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and "
|
||||
"different possibilities. Examples:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length "
|
||||
"(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or"
|
||||
" a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the"
|
||||
" user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately "
|
||||
"recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, "
|
||||
"with which a text type field is displayed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per "
|
||||
"row."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "Tab: Description"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's "
|
||||
"homepage."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:53
|
||||
msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:56
|
||||
msgid "Tab: Options"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing "
|
||||
"*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* "
|
||||
"becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:67
|
||||
msgid "Test and share the survey"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:70
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential "
|
||||
"errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the "
|
||||
"details of the respondent and his answers."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:72
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of "
|
||||
"entries clean with only real participants."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:79
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Another way to access detailed answers is by going to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:80
|
||||
msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:87
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`scoring`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:88
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`time_random`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Scoring Surveys"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To measure your respondent’s performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall"
|
||||
" satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The "
|
||||
"points are summed up to give your respondent a final score."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On your survey’s form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab "
|
||||
"*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring "
|
||||
"without answers at the end*. Now, on your question’s form, set the right "
|
||||
"answer and score."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully "
|
||||
"taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The "
|
||||
"certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully "
|
||||
"finish it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to "
|
||||
"the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors "
|
||||
"of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted "
|
||||
"badges."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Time and Randomize Questions"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "Time Limit"
|
||||
msgstr "Zeitlimit"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain "
|
||||
"period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same "
|
||||
"amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them"
|
||||
" looking at external resources."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining "
|
||||
"time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers"
|
||||
" saved."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "Selection"
|
||||
msgstr "Auswahl"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a"
|
||||
" random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful"
|
||||
" to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, "
|
||||
"under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section "
|
||||
"should be taken into account during the shuffling."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1,371 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: de\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Marketing Automation"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Advanced"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Understanding Metrics"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way "
|
||||
"of linking your employees to goals."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics"
|
||||
" in a graph form and in numbers."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Let’s consider the example below:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down"
|
||||
" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an"
|
||||
" email address set."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they "
|
||||
"have matched the criteria."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will"
|
||||
" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or "
|
||||
"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in "
|
||||
"the meantime will be excluded from later activities."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, "
|
||||
"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - "
|
||||
"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants,"
|
||||
" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as "
|
||||
"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number "
|
||||
"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under "
|
||||
"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be"
|
||||
" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its "
|
||||
"domain one."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number "
|
||||
"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match"
|
||||
" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to "
|
||||
"the total number of participants."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to "
|
||||
"*Rejected*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected "
|
||||
"participants, per day, for the last 15 days."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be "
|
||||
"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from "
|
||||
"the beginning (parent action)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Overview"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-"
|
||||
"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, "
|
||||
"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and "
|
||||
"creates a seamless experience for employees."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Segment and create a campaign"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully "
|
||||
"integrated with *Contacts*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are "
|
||||
"installed in your database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the "
|
||||
"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the "
|
||||
"criteria will be added to the workflow."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at "
|
||||
"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign "
|
||||
"will stop running."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30
|
||||
msgid "Click on *Add new activity*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being "
|
||||
"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters "
|
||||
"for this specific activity."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47
|
||||
msgid "Add Child Activities"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the "
|
||||
"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked "
|
||||
"or not, the email bounced back."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`segment`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Segment the Database with Filters"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4
|
||||
msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "How to work with filters"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow"
|
||||
" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables "
|
||||
"within it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is "
|
||||
"called a *branch* (...)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the "
|
||||
"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one"
|
||||
" rule or the other."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32
|
||||
msgid "Use cases"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39
|
||||
msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag "
|
||||
"name."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event "
|
||||
"that purchase a specific category of ticket."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55
|
||||
msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket "
|
||||
"solved."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow "
|
||||
"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding "
|
||||
"mistakes."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "Launch a test"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Click on *Launch a test*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the "
|
||||
"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop"
|
||||
" the whole workflow click on *Stop*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not "
|
||||
"introducing wrong inputs to reports."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27
|
||||
msgid "Start and stop a workflow"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The "
|
||||
"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will"
|
||||
" be shown on the status bar."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38
|
||||
msgid "Participants and their specific workflow"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the "
|
||||
"campaign."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific"
|
||||
" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the "
|
||||
"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on "
|
||||
"*Cancel*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: de\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Mobile"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "Push Notifications"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to "
|
||||
"enable push notifications in the mobile app."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud "
|
||||
"Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1,152 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: de\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Planning"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Overview"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Create a Schedule and Make Encoding Easier"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Organize regular schedules or forecast projects in a long term basis. Create"
|
||||
" shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized at a high"
|
||||
" level."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Organize your team by roles"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Roles --> Create`. Optionally, go to"
|
||||
" the *Employees* application, select the respective employee, and under "
|
||||
"*Work Information* select the *Default Planning Role*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Make shifts recurrent"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"While creating a shift, select *Repeat* and configure as needed, saving you "
|
||||
"from the need of re-planning it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Repeated shifts are generated for the next six months. A modification is "
|
||||
"possible in :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, "
|
||||
"from *Settings*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:38
|
||||
msgid "To duplicate a shift in the Gantt view, press CTRL + drag and drop."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:41
|
||||
msgid "Save shifts as templates"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If creating a shift on the fly and know you might use that template in the "
|
||||
"future, click on *Save as a Template*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To create a template in advance, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||||
"Shifts Templates --> Create`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:55
|
||||
msgid "Duplicate a planning from the previous week"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:57
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When in the Gantt view, either under *Schedule by Employee, Role or "
|
||||
"Project*, instead of re-planning shifts that have been planned before, "
|
||||
"simply click on *Copy Previous Week*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The integration with the *Time off* and *Employee* applications, show you "
|
||||
"grayed cells to the days when the employee does not work and is on vacation "
|
||||
"time, for example."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Send Planned Shifts and Give Employees Autonomy Over Shifts"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, losing"
|
||||
" productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts helps you "
|
||||
"to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Publish and send the planned week by email"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once you have your shifts planned, click on *Send Schedule*. Select *Include"
|
||||
" Open shift* if you would like the *Unassigned* shifts to be seen."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Choose if you just want to *Publish* or *Publish and Send*. If you *Publish "
|
||||
"and Send*, employees get an email that redirects them to their planned "
|
||||
"tasks:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Employees will not be able to see shifts until they have been published."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Let employees unassign themselves from shifts"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to *Configuration* and enable *Allow Unassignment*. From now on, when an "
|
||||
"employee opens his tasks, he can indicate his unavailability clicking on *I "
|
||||
"am unavailable*. The shift will be opened again, allowing someone else to "
|
||||
"take it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "Employees have portal access; users have access to the database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -1,185 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: de\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6 ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "My Odoo Portal"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between "
|
||||
"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and "
|
||||
"subscriptions."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to "
|
||||
"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`_. If you are already logged in, just "
|
||||
"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:23
|
||||
msgid "Quotations"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a "
|
||||
"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to "
|
||||
"your database or if your contract has to be renewed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is "
|
||||
"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on "
|
||||
"the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the "
|
||||
"pricing and other useful information."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the "
|
||||
"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask"
|
||||
" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "Sales Orders"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be"
|
||||
" registered under this section."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:52
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products "
|
||||
"purchased and process the payment."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:56
|
||||
msgid "Invoices"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in "
|
||||
"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has"
|
||||
" been paid."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the "
|
||||
"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:69
|
||||
msgid "Tickets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`,"
|
||||
" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have "
|
||||
"opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and "
|
||||
"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79
|
||||
msgid "Subscriptions"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:81
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first "
|
||||
"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:87
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding "
|
||||
"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, "
|
||||
"and the payment method."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:91
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter "
|
||||
"the new credit card details."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:97
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by "
|
||||
"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click"
|
||||
" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:105
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided"
|
||||
" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will "
|
||||
"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method "
|
||||
"of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will "
|
||||
"no longer be able to access the database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:111
|
||||
msgid "Success Packs"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:112
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to "
|
||||
"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution "
|
||||
"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These "
|
||||
"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:118
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you need information about how to manage your database see "
|
||||
":ref:`db_online`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:121
|
||||
msgid "Delete your Odoo.com account"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:123
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In order to delete your Odoo.com account, you have to reach out to our "
|
||||
"`Support Services <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:126
|
||||
msgid "If you want to delete one of your databases, see :ref:`db_online`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:129
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you wish instead to formally request the deletion of all the information "
|
||||
"connected to your email address as per the European Union General Data "
|
||||
"Protection Regulation (GDPR), please send an email to privacy@odoo.com."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: de\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../practical.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Practical Information"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
2573
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po
Normal file
2573
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Loading…
Reference in New Issue
Block a user